FLL 12.5 Loans Origination Setup Guide.book

FLL 12.5 Loans Origination Setup Guide.book
CA
Setup Guide- Consumer Loans Origination
Version:12.5.0.0
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
Release 12.5.0.0
9SS17 - FLEXCUBE V.LL
2UDFOH3DUW1XPEHU(
January, 2010
SD
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
D oc um en t C ontrol
A uth or: D ocu m e nta tio n T eam
C rea ted on : N ov em be r 02 , 20 09
G rou p: B P D
R ev is ion N o : F ina l
U pd ate d by : D o cu m e nta tio n
Tea m
U pd ate d on : J anu ary 28 , 201 0
R ev ie we d b y : D e ve lop m e nt/ Tes tin g
te am s
R ev ie we d o n : J an ua ry 2 8, 20 10
A ppro ve d b y: S o ftw a re
Q u ality A ss ura nc e Te am
A ppro ve d o n : J an uary 28 ,
2 01 0
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CHAPTER 1 : ADMINISTRATION (SYSTEM) SETUP
Parameters link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Parameters link > System link (System Parameters Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Parameters link > Organization link (Organization System Parameters Setup page) . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Parameters link > Company link (Company System Parameters Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Lookups link (Lookups Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-11
User Defined Tables link (User Defined Tables Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-14
Audit Tables link (Audit Tables Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
User Defined Defaults link (User Defined Defaults Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-22
Txn Codes link (Transaction Codes Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-27
Transaction Codes Setup sub pages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Parameters sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Access Grid sub page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Products sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Data Files link (Data File Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-34
Reports link (Reports page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-37
Error Messages link (Error Messages Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-39
Translation link > Setup Translation link (Translation Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-41
Translation link > Message Translation link (Message Translation Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-44
CHAPTER 2 : ADMINISTRATION (USER) SETUP
Organization link (Organization page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Companies link (Companies page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Access link > Data link (Access Grid page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Access link > Screen link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
Access link > Correspondence link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-20
Users link (Users page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-22
Printers link (Printers page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-30
Bank Details link (Banks page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-33
Standard Payees link (Standard Payees page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-36
Check Details link (Check Details page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-39
Currency link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-40
Currency Pair link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-41
Zip Codes link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-42
CHAPTER 3 : DE-DUPE SETUP
Dedupe link (De-Dupe page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
i
CHAPTER 4 : ORACLE FLEXCUBE LENDING AND LEASING CREDIT BUREAU SETUP
Credit Bureau Setup details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Credit Bureau setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Request link > Report Formats link (Report Formats page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
Request link > Connections link (Connections page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-8
Request link > Zip Matrix link (Zip Matrix page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-11
Request link > Parameters link (Parameters page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Request link > Score Reasons link (Score Reasons page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Reporting link (Reporting page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Special Metro II Code reporting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Oracle Wallet Manager setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-20
Oracle JVM Security setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Importing a trusted certificate into an Oracle Wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Importing the Certificates into an Oracle Wallet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-25
De-duping Credit Bureau data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-27
CHAPTER 5 : BATCH JOB SETUP
Setup link > Batch Job link (Batch Job Sets page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Setup link > Job Holidays link (Job Holidays page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Monitor Batch Jobs link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Monitor Jobs link (Monitor Details page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Monitor Users link (Monitor page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Services link (Services page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-16
Log Files link > Data Server link (Batch Jobs page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Log Files link > Application Server link (Batch Jobs page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
CHAPTER 6 : PRODUCT SETUP
Setup drop-down link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Setup link > Assets link (Assets page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Setup link > Scoring Parameters link (Scoring Parameters page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
Setup link > Index Rates link (Index Rates page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-9
Setup link > Currency Exchange Rates link (Currency Exchange Rates page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
CHAPTER 7 : PRODUCT LOAN SETUP
Loan link > Products link (Loan Products page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-2
Loan link > Pricing link (Pricing page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Loan link > Edits link (Edits page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-15
Loan link > Cycles link (Cycles page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Loan link > Scoring link (Scoring page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Loan link > Scoring link > Scoring Models page > Parameters sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-32
Loan link > Scoring link > Scoring Models page > Grades sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Loan link > Contract link (Contract page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Staged Funding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Repayment scheduling for staged funding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Loan link > Contract link > Balances sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-50
Loan link > Contract link > Amortize Balances sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Loan link > Contract link > Itemizations sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-53
Loan link > Contract link > Fees sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
Loan link > Fees link (Fee page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-58
ii
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Compensation link (Compensation page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-61
Loan link > Commissions link (Loan Commission Plans page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-66
Loan link > Checklists link (Checklists page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-69
Loan link > Org. Fees link (Loan Origination Fees page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-72
Loan link > Stipulation link (Loan Stipulations page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-75
Loan link > Spreads link (Spreads page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-77
Loan link > Letters link (Loan Letters page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-79
Loan link > Promotions link (Loan Introductory page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-82
Loan link > Insurances link (Insurances page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-85
CHAPTER 8 : ESCROW SETUP
Loan link > Escrow link (Escrow Definition page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Analysis link > Shortage/Cushion Rules link (Escrow Analysis page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-2
Analysis link > Disbursement Rules link (Rules page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-5
CHAPTER 9 : SUBVENTION SETUP
Loan link > Loan Subvention link (Loan Subvention Plans page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-3
CHAPTER 10 : CORRESPONDENCE SETUP
Correspondence Setup link bar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Functions link (System Functions page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-2
Elements link (Elements page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
E-Form Elements link (E-Forms Elements page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
Documents link (Documents page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-7
Correspondence link (Correspondence page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-11
CHAPTER 11 : PRODUCER SETUP
Producer Setup link > Cycles link (Producer Management page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-5
Producer Detail link > Producers link (Producer Management page). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-8
Payment Details sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-11
Tracking Attributes sub page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-12
Contacts sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-13
Comments sub page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-14
Summary sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-15
CHAPTER 12 : VENDORS SETUP
Setup link > Vendor Services link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11-2
Setup link > Cycle link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-4
Vendor Detail link > Vendors link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-9
Vendor Detail link > Vendors link (Vendors Groups sub page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-11
Vendor Detail link > Vendors link (Payment Details sub page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12
Vendor Detail link > Work Orders link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-14
Vendor Detail link > Follow-up link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-17
Vendor Detail link > Invoices link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-19
CHAPTER 13 : QUEUE SETUP
Origination link (Queues page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
iii
CHAPTER 14 : EVENTS SETUP
Setup link (Setup page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-2
Online link (Online page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-4
Online link > Criteria Details sub page. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-5
Online link > Action sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-7
Batch link (Batch page) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-9
Batch link > Criteria Details sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-10
Batch link > Action sub page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-11
Monitoring events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-13
CHAPTER 15 : ORACLE FLEXCUBE LENDING AND LEASING USER PRODUCTIVITY SETUP
Viewing the Underwriting/Funding tasks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
UnderWriting/Funding link > Application Entry link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-2
UnderWriting/Funding link > Underwriting link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-3
UnderWriting/Funding link > Funding link. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-4
UnderWriting/Funding link > Queues Status link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15-5
APPENDIX A : SUMMARY OF ORACLE FLEXCUBE LENDING AND LEASING CREDIT SCORING
PARAMETERS
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Credit Scoring Parameters by Category . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
1. Applicant Details / Debt Ratios . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-2
2. Loan Details . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
3. Auto Trades / Inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-4
4. Bank Trades / Inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-5
5. Card Trades / Inquiries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-7
6. Installment Trades / Inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-8
7. Loan Finance Trades / Inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-9
8. Mortgage Trades / Inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-10
9. Retail Trades / Inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-11
10. Revolving Trades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-12
11. Sales Finance Trades / Inquiries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-13
12. Other Trades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-14
13. Bankruptcy information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-18
14. Delinquency Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-19
15. Derogatory Trade Information. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-20
APPENDIX B : ROUNDING AMOUNTS AND RATE ATTRIBUTES
APPENDIX C : INTERFACING ORACLE FLEXCUBE LENDING AND LEASING WITH BI PUBLISHER
iv
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 1: ADMINISTRATION (SYSTEM) SETUP
The Administration window’s System drop-down links record setup data related to the
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing’s overall functionality and performance. This
data affects the mechanics of the system: how Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
processes work and where it looks for files when completing tasks.
The Administration link bar’s System drop-down link contains the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Parameters
Lookups
User Defined Tables
Audit Tables
User Defined Defaults
Txn Codes
Data Files
Reports
Error Messages
Translation
All System drop-down link pages allow you to control the behavior of the system from a
technical perspective; for example, determine parameter values, define what information
is audited, and record default values. Oracle Financial Services Software provides default
values on all these pages.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-1
Parameters link
System parameters define information or values used throughout Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing. They act as switches that control the manner in which a function is
implemented, or whether or not Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing performs a particular task. Parameters are used throughout Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to
control everything from user access to what information is stored on any given form.
Parameters also define configuration data, such as the location of Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing system files, the URLs for the report and image servers, and other
administration controlled data. Some of the system parameters are setup when Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing is installed, but the values associated with the parameters need to be reviewed and maintained.
There are three types of parameters in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing, grouped
by what part of the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system they affect:
Type of paramter:
Paramter range:
System parameters
These parameters apply to the entire system.
Examples: batch processes, archiving, aging.
Organization parameters
These parameters apply to the organization, division, and user responsibility.
Examples: User login control, password expiration.
Company parameters
These parameters apply to the company and
branch.
Examples: decision fax control, scoring model.
As a result, the Parameters drop-down link opens the following three pages:
•
•
•
1-2
System Parameters Setup page
Organization Parameters Setup page
Company Parameters Setup page
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Parameters link > System link (System Parameters Setup page)
The System Parameters Setup page displays and records each system wide parameter,
along with its current value and whether or not it is enabled. These parameters relate to the
overall processing of the system, such as Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing server
file locations and data purging configuration.
CAUTION: You can only define these parameters only. Changing the values of any of
these parameters affects all related Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing processing.
To set up the system parameters
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Parameters.
4
Click the Parameters drop-down link, then click System.
5
On the System Parameters Setup page’s System Parameters section, select the record
you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of system parameter records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-3
6
In the System Parameters section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the system parameter (required).
View the system parameter description (display only).
Enter the value for the system parameter (required).
Select to enable the parameter.
Parameter
Description
Parameter Value
Enabled
7
Click Save on the System Parameters Setup page.
24 x 7 Accessibility
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows continuous access to the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system, 24-hours-a-day, 7-days-a-week (24 x 7). You can
continue working in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing and posting most transactions during batch processing. When you post a transaction on the Customer Service window’s Maintenance page and the transaction posting is deferred or cannot be posted at the
present time, “SYSTEM UNDER MAINTENANCE. TRANSACTION POSTING DEFERRED”
appears in the Results section.
If transaction posting is deferred, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing automatically
posts the transactions once it completes batch processing. Otherwise, Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing displays a message advising to post the transaction later.
24 x 7 accessibility is controlled by the following system parameter on the System Parameter window’s System Parameters page:
Parameter:
Description:
CMN_SYSTEM_UNDER_MAINTENANCE
SYSTEM UNDER MAINTENANCE
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses two batch job sets to handle end of day
(EOD) and beginning of day (BOD) processing:
1. SET-EOD
2. SET-BOD
1-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
SET-EOD: This is the first job to run in the nightly batch jobs at the end of the day. It
marks Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing as being in “maintenance” mode, indicating that batch processing has started. Any transaction posted after the SET-EOD batch job
starts will be either deferred or not allowed to be posted at the present time.
SET-BOD: This will be the fist batch job to run at the beginning of next day. It marks Ora-
cle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing as being “available,” indicating that batch processing has completed. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will then return to all held
transactions and post them in the chronological order in which they were entered.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-5
Parameters link > Organization link (Organization System Parameters
Setup page)
The parameters on the Organization System Parameters Setup page control Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing functions related to user log in, such as passwords and expiration dates, responsibility levels and the ability to access Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing features. Individual parameters can be created with different values for
uniquely defined organizations, divisions, and responsibility combinations.
When determining which parameter to use, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
selects the best match based on a hierarchical sort by the Organization, Division, and
Responsibility fields, with values of ALL being a lower order match than an exact match.
Example
Assume the organization parameter UIX_APP_VIEW_ALL_APPS (VIEW ALL APPLICATIONS) has been defined as follows:
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses these two parameters to determine which
users have the ability to view all applications:
•
If a TFB user with a responsibility of SUPERUSER was using the Lending menu’s
Underwriting form, the system will return with a value N, and Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing will not allow the user to view all applications.
•
If a SSC user (one within an organization defined as ALL) with a responsibility of
SUPERUSER, was using the Lending menu’s Underwriting form, the system will
return with a value Y, and Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will allow the
user to view all applications.
Note: Be aware that while Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows for Organization parameters to be defined at all three hierarchical (organization, division, and responsibility) levels, not all will be applicable to each parameter. For example, while you can
define the UIX_SMTP_SERVER (EMAIL SERVER FOR USER) for a responsibility, you
would normally only want to define this parameter based on organization or division.
1-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up the organization system parameters
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Parameters.
4
Click the Parameters drop-down link, then click Organization.
5
In the Organization System Parameters Setup page’s Organization Parameters section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of organization parameter
records.
6
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
In the Organization Parameters section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the system parameter (required).
View system parameter description (display only).
Enter the value for the system parameter (required).
Select the organization for which the parameter will be
valid (required).
Select the department for which the parameter will be
valid (required).
Select the responsibility for which the parameter will be
valid (required).
IMPORTANT: In selecting which organization parameter
to use, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
searches for a best match using the following attributes:
1 Organization
2 Division
3 Responsibility
Parameter
Description
Parameter Value
Org
Div
Responsibility
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-7
Enabled
7
1-8
For this reason, Oracle Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each organization
parameter where ALL is these fields.
Select to enable the parameter.
Click Save on the Organization System Parameters Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Parameters link > Company link (Company System Parameters Setup
page)
The parameters on the Company System Parameters Setup page control Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing processes associated with functions that may vary for different companies or branches. These parameters address credit scoring, credit bureau
interfaces, fax services, and fax generation. Individual parameters may be set up with different values for uniquely defined company and branch combinations.
When these parameters values are requested by the system, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing responds with the “best” match based on a hierarchical sort ordered on company and branch fields, with values of ALL being a lower order match than an exact
match.
Example
Assume the company parameter UIX_RUN_AAI_ACT (ONLINE ACCOUNT CREATION
AND ACTIVATION) has been defined as:
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses these two parameters to determine whether
to create and activate an account online.
•
When processing items for the company TFC, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will return a value N and not create and activate an account online.
•
When processing items for the company DCC, a company within the value ALL, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will return with a value Y and create and activate an account online.
To set up the company system parameters
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Parameters.
4
Click the Parameters drop-down link, then click Company.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-9
5
On the Company System Parameters Setup page’s Company Parameters section,
select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of company parameter
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
On the Company Parameters page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the system parameter (required).
View the system parameter description (display only).
Enter the value for the system parameter (required).
Select the portfolio company for which the parameter
will be valid (required).
Select the portfolio branch for which the parameter will
be valid (required).
Parameter
Description
Parameter Value
Company
Branch
IMPORTANT: In selecting which company parameter to
use, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing searches
for a best match using the following attributes:
1
2
Company
Branch
For this reason, Oracle Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each company parameter where ALL is the value in these fields.
Enabled
7
1-10
Select to enable the parameter.
Click Save on the Company System Parameters Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Lookups link (Lookups Setup page)
The Lookup Setups page defines the contents in many of the flashlight fields and dropdown fields used throughout Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. Fields that make
use of a flashlight window or drop-down field will only accept entries that are stored on
this page.
In the example below, the Application Entry page’s Applications section contains the
Class drop-down field. The contents of the Class drop-down field are linked to the
APP_CLASS_TYPE_CD Lookup Type.
The Lookups page contains two pages: Lookup Types and Lookup Codes. Lookup types
and codes can be system-defined or user-defined. The lookup types describe the function
of the related lookup codes.
For system-defined lookup types, only the Description field may be changed.
A system-defined lookup type (Lookup Types page, System Defined selected) is one that
is critical to Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing and can not be changed. However,
you can still modify the lookup type description and the lookup code description on the
Lookup Types page.
A user-defined lookup type (Lookup Types page, System Defined cleared) is one that
can be modified, depending on a user's business needs. You cannot modify the lookup
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-11
type, lookup code, and system indicator. If a lookup type is user-defined, the lookup code
belonging to that lookup type can either be system-defined or user-defined.
A system-defined lookup code (Lookups page, System Defined selected) is one on which
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing processing is dependent. Without this lookup
code, the process produces incorrect results or fails.
A user-defined lookup code (Lookups page, System Defined cleared) is one that can be
defined or altered by a user.
WARNING: System-defined lookup types are those that are required by Oracle FLEX-
CUBE Lending and Leasing. Their related lookup codes will also be system defined. If
you update and save a system-defined lookup type as a user-defined-lookup type (that is,
change the System Defined button from Yes to a No in the Lookup Type sub page), Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will not allow you to change the lookup type back to
system-defined in the future.
Note: Lookup codes cannot be deleted, as they may have been used in the past, and the
display and processing of that data is still dependent on the existing setup.
Typically, the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing Administrator would modify the
descriptions of lookup codes and add new lookup codes to the existing lookup types as
needed.
To set up the lookups
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Lookups.
4
1-12
In the Lookups Setup page’s Lookup Types section, select the record you want to work
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of lookup type records.
•
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Lookup Types section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the lookup type (required).
Enter the description for the lookup type (required).
If selected, the lookup type is system defined.
Select to enable the lookup type.
Lookup Type
Description
System Defined Yes/No
Enabled
6
In the Lookup Codes section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of lookup code records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Lookup Codes section, enter, view, or edit the following for the individual values
that a field or process using the related lookup type may have:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the lookup code. These are solely dependent on the
function of the Lookup Type (required).
Enter the lookup code description. This may be changed
as required by your business (required).
Enter the sort order for the lookup code. This determines
the order these lookup codes are displayed or processed
(required).
Enter the sub code for the lookup code (optional).
If selected, the lookup code is system defined. System
defined lookup codes cannot be modified, other than to
change the Description or Sort fields. If cleared, the
lookup type is not system defined and the code can be
modified.
Select to enable the lookup code.
Lookup Code
Description
Sort
Sub Code
System Defined Yes/No
Enabled
8
Click Save on the Lookups Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-13
User Defined Tables link (User Defined Tables Setup page)
The User Defined Tables Setup page allows you to maintain user-defined tables, such as
the data attributes Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses on its Search pages.
In the following example, the list of attributes in the Criteria column is supplied from the
User Defined Tables page.
1-14
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up a user-defined table, you must:
1. Define the fields on the table.
2. Join the related tables.
3. Assign the table a lookup type.
You can create tables for different product, funding, and collateral types.
After creating the user-defined tables, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing sorts the
attributes to make using the system more efficient. These details are used with different
functions of Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing, including:
•
•
•
Searching of applications
Tracking of follow-up items
Creating details in bankruptcy, foreclosure/repossession, and deficiency
Note: Many of these tables, (ASSET TRACKING ATTRIBUTES for example) may be configured during the initial setup of the application to provide for your specific business
needs. Others, such as APPLICATION SEARCH, may be changed whenever your business
needs change. Still others should not be changed without consulting Oracle Financial Services Software, as changing them would require changes to existing code for the expected
results to be implemented. As a rule of thumb, it is better to add or disable information on
the User Defined Tables page than to edit existing entries.
To set up the user defined tables
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
User Defined Tables.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-15
4
In the User Defined Table Setup page’s User Defined Tables section, select the record
you want to work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of user defined tables
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the User Defined Tables section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the user-defined table name (required).
Select the user-defined table type. This determines where
and how the related data is being used (required).
Enter the description for user-defined table (required).
If selected, the entry is system defined. System defined
entries cannot be modified. If cleared, the entry is not
system defined and it can be modified.
Select to enable the user-defined table (optional).
Select the product type as loan (required).
Select the funding type associated with the user-defined
table (required).
Select the collateral type associated with the user-defined
table (required).
Enter the view name (required).
Table
User Table Type
Description
System Defined Yes/NO
Enabled
Product Type
Funding Type
Collateral Type
View Name
1-16
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
SQL Statement
Sort
6
Enter the SQL version of the statement (required).
Enter the sort order for the user-defined table relative to
other tables of the same type (required).
In the User Defined Table Attributes section, select the record you want to work with and
click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of user defined table attribute
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
On the User Defined Table Attributes sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the user-defined table attribute (required).
Enter the description for the user-defined table attribute
(required).
Select the data type for the attribute (CHARACTER,
NUMBER, or DATE) (required).
Enter the maximum length of the user-defined table
attribute (required).
Enter the sort order of the user-defined table attribute. If
the sort order is changed it will only affect new instances
Attribute
Description
Data Type
Length
Sort
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-17
Operator
System Defined Yes/No
Enabled
Sub Attribute
LOV Type
LOV Validation Ind
Lookup Types
Default Value
8
1-18
of the User Defined Table, and will not affect existing
data (required).
Select the operator for the user-defined table attribute
(required).
If selected, the entry is system defined. System defined
entries cannot be modified. If cleared, the entry is not
system defined and it can be modified.
Select to enable the user-defined table attribute so the
attribute will be considered when creating new instances
of the User Defined Table (optional).
Enter the sub-attribute for the attribute (sub attributes are
used to associate related attributes) (optional).
Select the list of value (LOV) type for the user-defined
table attribute (optional).
Select to enable LOV validation of the user-defined table
attribute (This indicates whether the data must come
from the LOV) (optional).
Enter the lookup type of the LOV associated with the
user-defined table attribute (optional).
Enter the default value for the user-defined table attribute
(optional).
Click Save on the User Defined Tables Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Audit Tables link (Audit Tables Setup page)
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows you to track changes in the database during origination. This includes the tracking of:
•
•
Application status history
Audit history of specified fields
The Audit Tables Setup page records the tables and columns requiring an audit. Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing stores the following details for the fields you want to
audit for changes:
•
•
•
•
Current value in field
New value field
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing user who changed the field’s content
Date and time when the change was made
IMPORTANT: Oracle Financial Services Software recommends that only a database
administrator perform the following steps.
To set up the audit tables
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Audit Tables.
4
In the Audit Tables Setup page’s Audit Tables section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of audit table records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-19
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Audit Tables section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Table
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
View the table name on which audit trigger needs to be
created (Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing table
being audited) (display only).
Enter the table description (required).
Enter the column description to be displayed on audit
screen (required).
Enter the table column to be displayed on audit screen
(required).
Select to allow resetting the row identifier.
Select to enable the audit table so it will be considered
when generating the database triggers.
View the table primary key column 1 (These columns
define how to access the data in the table) (display only).
View the table primary key column 2 (display only).
View the table primary key column 3 (display only).
View the table primary key column 4 (display only).
View the table primary key column 5 (display only).
View the table primary key column 6 (display only).
View the table primary key column 7 (display only).
View the table primary key column 8 (display only).
View the table primary key column 9 (display only).
View the table primary key column 10 (display only).
View the table primary key column 11 (display only).
View the table primary key column 12 (display only).
View the table primary key column 13 (display only).
Description
Display Description
Display Column
Reset Row Id
Enabled
Primary Key 1 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 2 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 3 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 4 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 5 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 6 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 7 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 8 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 9 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 10 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 11 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 12 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 13 (unlabeled)
1-20
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Primary Key 14 (unlabeled)
Primary Key 15 (unlabeled)
6
View the table primary key column 14 (display only).
View the table primary key column 15 (display only).
In the Audit Columns section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Filter By or Advance Search to limit the display of audit table
column records.If you are entering a new record, click Add Row.
7
In the Audit Tables Columns section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the column name on which the audit needs to be
created (column in the table that is being audited)
(required).
Description
Enter the column description (description of the data contained in the column) (required).
Data Type
View the data type for the attribute (required).
Enabled
Select to enable the audit column.
Click Save on the Audit Tables Setup page.
Column
8
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-21
User Defined Defaults link (User Defined Defaults Setup page)
The User Defined Defaults Setup page allows you to set up default values to automatically
populate in frequently used fields on the Application Entry page. This streamlines the data
entry process when entering an application.
1-22
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up the user defined defaults
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
User Defined Defaults.
4
In the User Defined Defaults Setup page’s Organization section, select the record you
want to work with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-23
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of user defined default
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Organization section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the organization for which these defaults are applicable (required).
Select the division for which these defaults are applicable
(required).
Org
Division
6
In the Application Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Company
Branch
Priority
Channel
Producer Type
Purpose
Product
Select the company (optional).
Select the branch (optional).
Select the priority (optional).
Select the channel (optional).
Select the producer type (optional).
Select the purpose (optional).
Select the product (optional).
7. In the Applicant Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
8
1-24
In this field:
Do this:
Relation Type
Gender
Marital Status
Language
Ecoa
Class Type
Race National Origin
Privacy Opt-Out
Select the applicant relation type (optional).
Select the applicant gender (optional).
Select the applicant marital status (optional).
Select the applicant language (optional).
Select the applicant ecoa (optional).
Select the applicant class type (optional).
Select the applicant race or national origin (optional).
Select the check box to indicate that the applicant has
elected to refrain from the non-public sharing of information (optional).
In the Address Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Address Type
Postal Type
Street Pre Type
Street Type
Street Post Type
Country
State Frequency
Actual Frequency
Ownership
Select the address type (optional).
Select the postal address type (optional).
Select the street pre type (optional).
Select the street type (optional).
Select the street post type (optional).
Select the country (optional).
Select the stated frequency (optional).
Select the actual frequency (optional).
Select the ownership type (optional).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
9
In the Employment Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Type
Occupation
Country
Stated Frequency
Actual Frequency
Select the employment type (optional).
Select the occupation (optional).
Select the country (optional).
Select the stated frequency (optional).
Select the actual frequency (optional).
10 In the Income Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Income Type
Frequency
Select the income type (optional).
Select the frequency (optional).
11 In the Liability Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Liability Type
Frequency
Select the liability type (optional).
Select the frequency (optional).
12 In the Asset Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Status
Condition
Country
Select the asset status (optional).
Select the asset condition (optional).
Select the country (optional).
13 In the Vehicle Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Asset Type
Sub Type
Asset Class
Valuation Source
Select asset type (optional).
Select asset sub type (optional).
Select the asset class (optional).
Select the asset valuation source (optional).
14 In the Home Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Asset Type
Sub Type
Class
Occupancy
Valuation Source
Select asset type (optional).
Select asset sub type (optional).
Select the asset class (optional).
Select the occupancy type (optional).
Select the asset valuation source (optional).
15 In the Other Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Asset Type
Sub Type
Class
Valuation Source
Select asset type (optional).
Select asset sub type (optional).
Select the asset class (optional).
Select the asset valuation source (optional).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-25
16 In the Comment Defaults section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Comment Type
Comment Sub Type
Select the comment type (optional).
Select the comment sub type (optional).
17 Click Save on the User Defined Defaults Setup page.
1-26
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Txn Codes link (Transaction Codes Setup page)
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses transaction codes to define the actions and
tasks it can perform; for example, defining itemization, menu items, setting up lock and
unlock, and generating reports. The Transaction Codes Setup page catalogs and defines
these core Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing actions.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing organizes transaction codes in “super groups.”
All transaction codes within a particular super group are processed in a similar manner.
The transaction super groups in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing are as follows:
Super Group Type:
Description:
ITEMIZATION TXN
These transaction codes affect the itemization of applications within Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
MENU TXN
These transaction codes affect the menus within Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
REPORTS
These transaction codes are related to generating Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing reports.
SETUP LOCK/UNLOCK
These transaction codes limit a user’s ability to change
the existing setup data, even if they are allowed access to
the form, by restricting access to the Lock/Unlock
Record icon on the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing tool bar.
The Transaction Codes Setup page records the following about each transaction in a super
group.
•
•
Does Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing complete the transaction in real time
or later as a batch process?
Is the transaction in use (enabled)?
Three sub pages, Transaction Parameters, Access Grid, and Transaction Product Definition, record any additional information required to perform a transaction, the user types
that can perform the transaction, and the product type to which the transaction codes
apply.
NOTE: Oracle Financial Services Software recommends that you lock the setup data and
also restrict the access to the seed data once you are in production.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-27
To set up the transaction codes
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click Txn
Codes.
4
On the Transaction Codes Setup page’s Transaction Super Group section, select the
Super Group you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of transaction super group
records.
5
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Super Group
Select the Super Group you want to work with in the
Transaction Codes page.
In the Transaction Codes section, select the record you want to work with and click
Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of transaction codes records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
In the Transaction Codes section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the transaction code (required).
Enter the description for the transaction (required).
Txn Code
Description
1-28
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Select the transaction group (the group within the Transaction Super Group that the transaction code belongs to)
(required).
Select the action type code for the transaction (what
action will take place when the transaction occurs)
(required).
Select if the transaction is a monetary transaction, clear if
the transaction is nonmonetary.
If selected, the entry is system defined. System defined
entries cannot be modified. If cleared, the entry is not
system defined and it can be modified.
Select to enable the transaction.
Select the transaction / balance type affected by the
Transaction (required).
Select the statement transaction type (how the transaction
should appear on the customer statement) (required).
Select if the transaction is to be performed in a batch process.
Select if the transaction is a manual transaction. If you
define a transaction as manual, Oracle Financial Services
Software recommends that the transaction that reverses it
also be defined as manual.
Select if the transaction is to be printed on customer
statements.
Select if the transaction is a general ledger transaction.
Group
Action
Monetary
System Defined Yes/No
Enabled
Txn/Bal Type
Statement Txn Type
Batch
Manual
Stmt Print
GL
7
Click Save on the Transaction Super Group page.
Transaction Codes Setup sub pages
The Transaction Codes page contains three sub pages: Parameters, Access Grid, and
Products.
IMPORTANT: Please contact your Implementation Manager before making any changes
in these sub pages.
Parameters sub page
The Parameters sub page allows you to define the parameter information for the associated
transaction. The Parameters sub page applies exclusively to these super groups:
•
•
•
•
ITEMIZATION TXN
MENU TXN
REPORTS
SETUP LOCK/UNLOCK
CAUTION: Treat the Transaction Parameters sub page as containing view-only information. This is very sensitive data and you should not change it without consulting Oracle
Financial Services Software.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-29
To set up the parameters
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click Txn
Codes.
4
On the Transaction Super Group page, select the Super Group you want to work with.
5
On the Transaction Codes page, select the record you want to work with.
6
Click the Parameters sub tab below the Transaction Codes Setup page.
7
In the Parameters sub page’s Transaction Parameters section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of transaction parameter
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Transaction Parameters section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the parameter for the transaction code chosen
above (required).
Enter the default value for the transaction parameter
(value to initially populate, or used if no value is supplied) (optional).
Enter the sort order for the transaction parameter
(required).
Select if the parameter is displayed (in current use).
Select if the parameter is required. (You must select
Required as empty values are not allowed).
Parameter
Default
Sort
Displayed? Yes/No
Required? Yes/No
9
Click Save on the Transaction Codes Setup page.
Access Grid sub page
The Access Grid sub page allows you to control access to each transaction according to
user responsibility, account status, and account condition. It allows the administrator to
control when these transactions may be conducted. Normally, you would create or modify
the access based on either the user responsibility or account condition. Account status
access is left unchanged.
To set up the access grid
1-30
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click Txn
Codes.
4
On the Transaction Super Group page, select the Super Group you want to work with.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5
On the Transaction Codes page, select the record you want to work with and click Show
in the Details column.
6
Click the Access Grid sub tab.
7
In the Access Grid sub page’s Transaction User Access Definition section, select the
record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of transaction user access
definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Transaction User Access Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following
information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the access grid function type (ACCOUNT CONDITION, ACCOUNT STATUS, CHECKER RESPONSIBILITY,
and RESPONSIBILITY) that is being used to control the
creation of the associated transaction (required).
Select the access function grid value (based on a lookup
associated with the Access Type. Multiple entries for
each access type may be created as long as each has a different access value) (required).
Select if the access is allowed (indicates whether the current Access Type / Access Value may create the associated transaction).
If selected, the entry is system defined. System defined
entries cannot be modified. If cleared, the entry is not
system defined and it can be modified.
Access Type
Access Value
Allowed? Yes/No
System Defined Yes/No
9
Click Save on the Transaction Codes Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-31
Products sub page
The Products sub page allows you to define the products to which the transaction codes
apply. It allows the administrator to control if the associated transaction code will be available for use for specific product types and or funding types.
Normally, an Access Value of ALL is defined for one or more Access Types with a given
Allowed value. Additional Access Values are then defined for the same Access Types with
the opposite Allowed value. This controls access to the associated transaction.
To set up the products
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click Txn
Codes.
4
On the Transaction Super Group page, select the Super Group you want to work with.
5
On the Transaction Codes page, select the record you want to work with.
6
Click the Products sub tab.
7
In the Products sub page’s Transaction Product Definition section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of transaction product definition records.
1-32
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
8
In the Transaction Product Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the product type as loan .
Select the funding type associated with the transaction
code chosen above.
Select if the transaction is allowed (indicates whether the
current Access Type / Access Value may create the associated transaction).
Product Type
Funding Type
Allowed? Yes/No
9
Click Save on the Transaction Codes Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-33
Data Files link (Data File Setup page)
The Data Files Setup page organizes information pertaining to the various output data files
that Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing can generate. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing uses the Data Files Setup page to outline the file layouts of each data file produced within the system, including the length and data type of each column name.
These files are typically produced during the nightly process.
One major advantage for the system-defined data files is the format mask of each column
name within each data file. A format mask is like a stencil that forces data input to be of
the same format before accepting the data.
You can change the order in which the fields are displayed in the file.
Note: Any addition or removal of a field or change in the data type length requires Oracle
Financial Services Software involvement.
To set up the data files
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Data Files.
1-34
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4
In the Data Files Setup page’s the Data Files Definitions section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of data file definitions
records.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Note: The Data File Definitions section defines specific data files. Each is associated with
a specific Output Data Definition (ODD) batch job that gathers the data the file will
contain. While new data file definitions may be created they will have no use unless a
batch job is also created to populate the data.
5
In the Data Files Definitions section, view or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter data file type (name of data file definition)
(required).
Enter data file description (required).
Enter data file name. Prefix used for files generated for
this Data File. This is the only field on the Data File Definitions page that can or should be modified by your
Administrator. The generated file name will be in the
form of <FILE NAME>_<COMPANY ID>_<BRANCH
ID>_<MMDDYYYY>_<PROCESS ID>.DAT. The inclusion of _<COMPANY ID> and _<BRANCH ID> depends
entirely on the associated batch process (required).
Enter data file name (required).
If selected, the entry is system defined. System defined
entries cannot be modified. If cleared, the entry is not
system defined and it can be modified.
Select to enable the data file definition.
Name
Description
File Name
Odf Path Name
System Defined Yes/No
Enabled
Each data file definition is made up of one or more record definitions. These define organization of the data. The associated batch file determines how these records are used. The
order in which the data is populated determines the order in which those records will
appear in the output file. This is generally related to the order the records appear in the
Data File Definition section.
6
In the Record Definitions section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of record definition records.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Record Definitions section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the type of record being defined (required).
Enter record description (required).
Select the format of output data (FIXED, VARIABLE)
(required).
Enter the delimiter (column separator used with VARIABLE format) (required).
Record Type
Description
Record Format
Delimiter
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-35
Terminator
Select the record terminator code (how the end of each
record is indicated within the file -- CARRIAGE
RETURN, LINE FEED, or CARRIAGE RETURN AND
LINE FEED) (required).
Each record definition is made up of one or more column definitions. These define the
output of the data. Much of this data is informational; it indicates what data is being provided by the associated batch job. Unless otherwise noted, the data should not be changed
without changing the associated batch job.
8
In the Column Definitions section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of column definition records.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
In the Column Definitions section, view or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the order in which the output data dump will process the column information (required).
Enter name/description of the column (informational
only) (required).
Select the data type. This describes the type of data the
column is expected to contain (CHARACTER, DATE, or
NUMBER). This effects how the ODD process handles
the data, and should not be changed (display only).
Select the format mask for the column. For DATE or
NUMBER columns, this field defines the output format of
the data. For example; Date fields may be entered using
the MM/DD/YYYY format, Number fields may be
entered as decimal numbers with varying degrees of precision. Other formats for each data type are available
(required).
Enter the column length (the maximum number of characters of the output data to be included in the output file).
Each output data details column may contain up to 240
characters of data. If the output data details column contains more data than the length value the data will be
truncated. For VARIABLE records the length should be
set to “-1” or a Delimited file will be created with FIXED
LENGTH columns (required).
Enter the data column sequence. This is the column that
will be used to select the data that is being output. This
should not be changed (required).
Enter the output column sequence. This is the column
that will appear in Output File. The Output Data Dump
process allows for the output of 250 columns of data per
record. No output column should be repeated in the setup
for a record (required).
Seq
Column Name
Data Type
Format Mask
Length
Data Column
Output Column
10 Click Save on the Data File Setup page.
1-36
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Reports link (Reports page)
The Reports page allows you to setup reports in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
To set up the reports
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Reports.
4
In the Reports page’s Reports section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of report records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Reports section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the code of the report (required).
Enter the description of the report (required).
Select the code of the report (required).
Select the code of the report (required).
Code
Description
Package
Module
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-37
System Defined Yes/No
Enabled
6
If selected, the entry is system defined. System defined
entries cannot be modified. If cleared, the entry is not
system defined and it can be modified.
Select to enable the report definition.
In the Report Parameter section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of report parameter records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Reports Parameters section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the code of the report (required).
Enter the description of the report (required).
Select the parameter type of the report (required).
Select the parameter sub type of the report (required).
Enter the default value for the report parameter (value to
initially populate, or used if no value is supplied)
(optional).
Enter the sort order for the lookup code. This determines
the order these report parameters are displayed or processed (required).
Select to enable the report definition.
Parameter
Description
Paramter Type
Parameter Sub Type
Default
Sort
Enabled
8
1-38
Click Save on the Reports page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Error Messages link (Error Messages Setup page)
With the Error Messages Setup page, you can translate or modify the text of error messages. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays all messages as they appear to
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing users in the Error Message section’s Message
field.
New messages created with the Error Messages page can then be translated with the
Translation tab’s Message Translation page.
To set up the error messages
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Error Messages.
4
On the Error Messages Setup page’s Error Type section, use the Error Type field to
select the error type. These are the categories of error messages available for creating or
editing.
The error messages associated with the error type you selected appear in the Error Message section.
5
In the Error Messages section, select the record you want to work with and click Show in
the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of error message records.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-39
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
In the Error Messages section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the region code (required).
Enter the country code (required).
Enter the customer code (required).
Enter the engine code (required).
Enter the error code (required).
Displays whether or not the record is system defined.
Select to enable the data error message.
Enter the error message (required).
Region
Country
Customer
Engine
Error Code
System Defined
Enabled Indicator
Error Message
7
1-40
Click Save on the Error Messages Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Translation link > Setup Translation link (Translation Setup page)
With the Setup Translation link’s Administration page, you can translate the contents of a
predefined list of setup description fields into a different language.
After you translate an entry in the Translation Data section, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing adds the new data to the setup form.
To set up the translation
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Translation.
4
Click the Translation drop-down link, then click Setup Translation.
5
In the Translation Setup page’s Language section, select the language for which the
translation needs to be done.
Note: For more information, see Language setup at the end of this chapter.
6
In the Source Type section, select the source (or location in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing) of the item you want to translate.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of source type records.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-41
7
In the View Translation section, click:
•
All to view all the records (both translated and un-translated) in the Translation Data sec-
tion.
-or•
Translated to view all the translated records in the Translation Data section.
-or•
Un Translated to view all the un-translated records in the Translation Data section.
8
Click Populate Details in the Source Type section and Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing loads the setup data descriptions in the Translation section page for the source
type in the Source Type section.
Note: If new records are added to setup (for example, new pricing strings added to the
Pricing page), the next time you click Populate Details in the Source Type section, the
new records (in this case, the new pricing strings) appear in the Translation Data section.
These new entries have no impact on the previously translated data, they simply appear as
additional entries available for translation.
The next time you click Populate Details in the View Translation section, the new entry
appears in the Translation Data section with no impact to the previously translated data.
If you are unsure as to which setup items have been updated since the last translation,
clicking Populate All loads the additional data for all items with no impact to the previously translated data for any of the entries.
9
In the Translation Data section, select the record you want to work with and click Show
in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
1-42
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
10 Click Edit in the Translation Data section and edit the selected record with the following
information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Key 1
Key 2
Key 3
Key 4
Key 5
Key 6
System Defined
Enabled
Desc 1 (English)
Desc 2 (English)
Desc 3 (English)
Desc 4 (English)
Desc 1 (Translation)
Desc 2 (Translation)
Desc 3 (Translation)
Desc 4 (Translation)
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
View the first reference key value (display only).
View the second reference key value (display only).
View the third reference key value (display only).
View the fourth reference key value (display only).
View the fifth reference key value (display only).
View the sixth reference key value (display only).
Displays whether or not the record is system defined.
If selected, indicates the record is active.
View the first English description (display only).
View the second English description (display only).
View the third English description (display only).
View the fourth English description (display only).
Enter the first translated description (required).
Enter the second translated description (optional).
Enter the third translated description (optional).
Enter the fourth translated description (optional).
11 Click Save on the Translation Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-43
Translation link > Message Translation link (Message Translation
Setup page)
With the Message Translation link’s Administration page, you can translate the contents of
a predefined list of error messages into a different language.
After you translate an entry in the Error Message section, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing adds the new data to the error message.
To set up the message translation
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the System drop-down link, then click
Translation.
4
Click the Translation drop-down link, then click Message Translation.
5
In the Message Translation Setup page’s Language section, select the language for
which the translation needs to be done.
Note: For more information, see Language setup at the end of this chapter.
6
In the Error Type section’s Error Type field, select the type of error message you want to
translate.
7
In the View Translation section, click:
•
All to view all the records (both translated and un-translated) in the Error Message section.
-or•
Translated to view all the translated records in the Error Message section.
-or-
1-44
•
Untranslated to view all the un-translated records in the Error Message section.
8
Click Populate Details in the Error Type section and Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Leasing loads the error messages in the Error Message section for the selected error type
in the Error Type section.
Note: If new error messages are added to setup, the next time you click Populate Details
in the Error Type section, the new records appear in the Error Message section. These new
entries have no impact on the previously translated data, they simply appear as additional
entries available for translation.
The next time you click Populate Details in the Source Type section, the new entry
appears in the Translation Data section with no impact to the previously translated data.
If you are unsure as to which error messages have been updated since the last translation,
clicking Populate All loads the additional data for all items with no impact to the previously translated data for any of the entries.
9
In the Error Message section, select the record you want to modify and click Show in the
Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-45
10 Click Edit.in the Error Message section and edit the selected record with the following
information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Region
Country
Customer
Engine
Error Code
System Defined
Enabled
Message (English)
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
View the region code (display only).
View the country code (display only).
View the customer code (display only).
View the engine name (display only).
View the error code (display only).
Displays whether or not the record is system defined.
If selected, indicates the record is active.
View the error message (display only).
Enter the translated description (required).
Message (Translation)
11 Click Save on the Message Translation Setup page.
Language setup
On the Lookup master tab’s Lookup Types page, you can add other languages to the
TRD_LANGUAGE_CD lookup type and perform translations for those languages.
However, translated data only appears in one language, which is defined by the User Language parameter. This parameter can be defined in a Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing configuration file, typically named DBKWEB.CFG, which defines the parameter
as:
Parameter: otherparams=ORA_USER=<schema_name> USR_LANG=<native language>
Note: <native language> should match lookup codes in the TRD_LANGUAGE_CD lookup
type on the Administration form’s Lookups page.
1-46
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the following pre-defined list of setup
items for translation:
1. Asset Sub Types
2. Asset Types
3. Assignments
4. Audit Table Columns
5. Audit Tables
6. Call Action Result Types
7. Call Action Types
8. Checklist Action Types
9. Checklist Types
10. Commission Plans
11. Companies
12. Company Branch Departments
13. Company Branches
14. Compensation Plans
15. Credit Bureau Score Reasons
16. Credit Models
17. Credit Scoring Parameters
18. Edits
19. Escrow Disburse Rules
20. Escrow Sub Types
21. Flex Table Attributes
22. Flex Tables
23. GL Transaction Types
24. GL Translators
25. Job Sets
26. Jobs
27. Lookup Codes
28. Lookup Types
29. Portfolio Companies
30. Portfolio Company Branches
31. Producers
32. Product Instruments
33. Product Insurances
34. Product Pricings
35. Products
36. Promotions
37. Spreads
38. Standard Correspondences
39. Standard Document Definitions
40. Standard Element Definitions
41. Standard Function Definitions
42. Transaction Codes
43. Error Messages
44. Org. Fees
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1-47
1-48
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 2: ADMINISTRATION (USER) SETUP
The Administration window’s User drop-down links record setup data that define your
organization structure and its users. Information on the User drop-down link is more
“data” related, whereas the information stored on the System drop-down link functions
more like switches that control system behavior.
The Administration link bar’s User drop-down link contains the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Organization
Companies
Access
Users
Printers
Bank Details
Standard Payees
Check Details
Currency
Currency Pair
ZipCodes
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-1
Organization link (Organization page)
The Organization page records the operational hierarchy of your business in terms of people. It groups the human resources of your business in three categories: organization, division, and department. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses this data to control
who has access to which applications. (The Companies page allows you to set up where
those applications are located.)
Please note that in completing the Organization page, there can be only one active organization, so use the Organization field to define your organization at its highest level.
Divisions are groups within your organization that will have access to the same applications. Larger organizations often define their divisions by region. Smaller organizations
may define division as branch offices or even departments, and might only have one division defined.
Departments are smaller units within a division. They expand on who is in the corresponding Division field. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses this sub page, for example, when setting up the Services page on the Utility form. At least one department must
be defined for each division.
As an example of an organization setup, Oracle Corp. might be defined as:
Organization:
O-0001
Oracle Corp.
ORA
Division:
OD-001
Central Region
C01
Department: ODD-01
Department: ODD-02
Department: ODD-03
Origination
Funding
Servicing
ORG
FUN
SER
OD-002
Eastern Region
E01
Department: ODD-11
Department: ODD-12
Servicing
Collection
SER
COL
Division:
2-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: The Short Name field on the Organization page allows you to create the ID that Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will use when referring to the organization, division, and department throughout the system.
To set up the organization
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click Organization.
4
In the Organization page’s Organization Definition section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of organization definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-3
5
In the Organization Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information.
There can be only one active entry, so use this page to define your organization at its highest level.
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the organization ID (the ID is the unique identifier
used internally by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing to represent your organization).
Note: Do not edit this field (required).
Enter the organization name (required).
Enter the short name for the organization.
Note: This is the ID that appears throughout Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to represent this organization (required).
Select to enable the organization.
Note: Only one enabled organization is currently allowed
by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
Select the country where the organization is located
(required).
Enter the city where the organization is located (required)
Select the state where the organization is located
(required).
Enter the address line 1 for the organization (required).
Enter the address line 2 for the organization (optional).
Select the zip code where the organization is located
(required).
Enter the zip extension where the organization is located
(optional).
Organization
Organization Name
Short Name
Enabled
Country
City
State
Address Line 1
Address Line 2
Zip
Extn
2-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Phone 1
Extn 1
Phone 2
Extn 2
Fax 1
Fax 1
License Key
6
Enter the primary phone number for the organization
(required).
Enter the phone extension for the primary phone number
(optional).
Enter the alternate phone number for the organization
(optional).
Enter the phone extension for the alternate phone number
(optional).
Enter the primary fax number for the organization
(required).
Enter the alternate fax number for the organization
(optional).
Enter software license key (unique license key for Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing that determines the
organization’s access to the system).
In the Division Definition section, select the record you want to work with and click
Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of division definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Division Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information for the
groups within your organization that will have access to the same applications:
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-5
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the division id. The ID is the unique identifier used
internally by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
to represent the division within the organization.
Note: Do not edit this field (required).
Enter the division name (required).
Enter the short name for the division.
Note: This is the ID that appears throughout Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to represent this division (required).
Select to enable the division.
Select the country where the division is located
(required).
Enter the city where the division is located (required).
Select the state where the division is located (required).
Enter the address line 1 for the division (required).
Enter the address line 2 for the division (optional).
Select the zip code where the division is located
(required).
Enter the zip extension where the division is located
(optional).
Enter the primary phone number for the division
(required).
Enter the phone extension for the primary phone number
(optional).
Enter the alternate phone number for the division
(optional).
Enter the phone extension for the alternate phone number
(optional).
Enter the primary fax number for the division (required).
Enter the alternate fax number for the division (optional).
Division
Division Name
Short Name
Enabled
Country
City
State
Address Line 1
Address Line 2 (unlabeled)
Zip
Extn
Phone 1
Extn 1
Phone 2
Extn 2
Fax 1
Fax 2
2-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
8
On the Department Definition section, select the record you want to work with and click
Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of department definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
On the Department Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the department ID (required).
Note: The ID is the unique identifier used internally by
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to represent
the department within the division.
Enter the department name (required).
Enter the short name for the department (required).
Note: This is the ID that appears throughout Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to represent this
department.
Select to enable the department.
Select the country where the department is located
(required).
Enter the city where the department is located (required).
Department
Department Name
Short Name
Enabled
Country
City
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-7
State
Address Line 1
Address Line 2
Zip
Extn
Phone 1
Extn 1
Phone 2
Extn 2
Fax 1
Fax 2
Select the state where the department is located
(required).
Enter the address line 1 for the department (required).
Enter the address line 2 for the department (optional).
Select the zip code where the department is located
(required).
Enter the zip extension where the department is located
(optional).
Enter the primary phone number for the department
(required).
Enter the phone extension for the primary phone number
(optional).
Enter the alternate phone number for the department
(optional).
Enter the phone extension for the alternate phone number
(optional).
Enter the primary fax number for the department
(required).
Enter the alternate fax number for the department
(optional).
10 On the Display Format section, select the record you want to work with and click Show
in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of department definition
records.
2-8
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11. On the Display Format section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Format Type
Select the type of format (required).
Select the sub type of the format (required) The format
sub type will be displayed based on the format type
selected.
Select the format (required).
Enter the format mask (optional).
Enter the format filled (optional).
Enter the special data, if any (optional).
Select to enable the display format.
Format Sub Type
Format
Format Mask
Format Filled
Special Data
Enabled
12. Click Save on the Organization page
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-9
Companies link (Companies page)
The Companies page records the hierarchical structure of your portfolio companies and
their branches. Just as Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses the Organization
page to determine the location of people, it uses the information on the Companies page to
determine the location of applications. In completing the Companies page, there can be
more than one company, and each company can have more than one branch.
Accounting is performed at the company level. Applications can be sorted down to the
branch level. For this reason, branches are set up to reflect different business practices.
You would set up different branches if, for example:
•
•
•
The General Ledger (GL) differs between branches
The branches work with different accounts
There is a difference between branches in terms of the tasks they perform
As an example of the companies setup, Oracle Corp. might have the following companies
and branches defined as:
Company:
Branch:
Branch:
Company:
Branch:
Branch:
C-0001
TrustOne Financial Corp
TOFC
CB-01
CB-02
TOFC - Headquarters
Kennedy Plaza
HQ
KP
C-0002
Credtyme Credit Corp
CCC
CB-11
CB-12
CCC - Headquarters
CCC - Missoula
HQ
MT
Note: Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing does not limit the number of companies
or associated branches with the company you can enter.
2-10
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: The Short Name field in the on the Companies page allows you to create the ID that
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will use when referring to the company and
branch throughout the system.
KEY CONCEPT: Note the difference between the Company page and the Organization
page:
•
•
On the Organization page, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing users belong to
an organization, division, and department.
On the Companies page, credit applications belong to a company and branch.
As you can see in the following Access page section, the information on the Organization
and Companies pages define the operational hierarchy of your companies in terms of
which Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing users will have access to which applications.
To set up the companies
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click Companies.
The Companies page defines entities within your organization that originate and/or service loans.
4
In the Companies page’s Company Definition section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-11
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of company definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Company Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the portfolio company ID. (The ID is the unique
identifier used internally by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing to represent the company) (required).
Enter the name of the portfolio company (required).
Enter the short name for the portfolio company (ID displayed to represent the company) (required).
Select the currency of the portfolio company (required).
Select to enable the portfolio company.
Select the country where the portfolio company is located
(required).
Enter the city where the portfolio company is located
(required).
Select the state where the portfolio company is located
(required).
Company
Name
Short Name
Currency
Enabled
Country
City
State
2-12
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Enter the address line 1 for the portfolio company
(required).
Enter the address line 2 for the portfolio company
(optional).
Select the zip code where the portfolio company is
located (required).
Enter the zip extension where the portfolio company is
located (optional).
Enter the primary phone number for the portfolio company (required).
Enter the phone extension for the primary phone number
(optional).
Enter the alternate phone number for the portfolio company (optional).
Enter the phone extension for the alternate phone number
(optional).
Enter the primary fax number for the portfolio company
(required).
Enter the alternate fax number for the portfolio company
(optional).
Enter the tax identification number for the portfolio company (required).
Enter the transmitter control code for the portfolio company (1098 Electronic Filing) (required).
Enter the contact information about the portfolio company (required).
If you are using coupons, enter the coupon order code to
be used by a third party printing the coupons for billing
statements (required).
Select the HMDA agency (Home Mortgage Disclosure
Act reporting agency for the company) (required).
Address Line 1
Address Line 2
Zip
Extn
Phone 1
Extn
Phone 2
Extn 2
Fax 1
Fax 2
Tax Id
TCC
Contact
Coupon Order Code
HMDA
Remittance Address section
Country
City
St
Remittance Address 1
Remittance Address 2
Zip
Extn
6
Select the remittance address country (required).
Enter the remittance address city (required).
Select the remittance address state (required).
Enter the remittance address line 1, which may be different from the company address. This address is included
as the remittance address on statements (required).
Enter the remittance address line 2 (optional).
Select the zip code (required
Enter the remittance address zip extension (optional).
On the Branch Definition section, select the record you want to work with and click
Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-13
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of company definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
On the Branch Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the portfolio branch id. (The ID is the unique identifier used internally by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing to represent the branch within your company)
(required).
Enter the name of the portfolio branch (required).
Enter the short name for the portfolio branch (ID displayed to represent the branch) (required).
Select to enable the portfolio branch.
Select the country (required).
Enter the city where the portfolio branch is located
(required).
Select the state (required).
Enter the address line 1 for the portfolio branch
(optional).
Enter the address line 2 for the portfolio branch
(optional).
Select the zip code where the portfolio branch is located
(required).
Enter the zip extension where the portfolio branch is
located (optional).
Branch
Name
Short Name
Enabled
Country
City
St
Address Line 1
Address Line 2
Zip
Zip Extn
2-14
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Phone 1
Extn 1
Phone 2
Extn 2
Fax 1
Fax 2
8
Enter the primary phone number for the portfolio branch
(required).
Enter the phone extension for the primary phone number
(optional).
Enter the alternate phone number for the portfolio branch
(optional).
Enter the phone extension for the alternate phone number
(optional).
Enter the primary fax number for the portfolio branch
(required).
Enter the alternate fax number for the portfolio branch
(optional).
Click Save on the Companies page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-15
Access link > Data link (Access Grid page)
Using the organizations, divisions, companies, and branches created on the Organization
and Companies pages, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows you to control
which users have access to which applications. The Access page is where you define
which organization/division (Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing users) can gain
access to which company/branch (applications) locations.
Normally, for each division within the one organization, you would define a record with
Company value of ALL and a Branch value of ALL, then select the Allowed box. You then
define other records for the same Organization and Division for other Company and
Branch combinations with the Allowed box cleared to restrict access.
2-16
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up the access
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click
Access.
4
Click the Access drop-down link, then click Data.
5
In the Access Grid section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of access grid records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
In the Access Grid section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Organization
Select the organization for which you are defining access
privileges (required).
Select the division within the organization for which you
are defining Access privileges (required).
Select the portfolio company to which you are defining
access privileges for the organization and division specified (required).
Select the portfolio branch of the company to which you
are defining access privileges for the organization and
division specified (required).
Select to indicate whether access to the data pertaining to
the company and branch is allowed for the organization
and division specified.
Division
Company
Branch
Allowed
7
Click Save on the Access Grid page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-17
Access link > Screen link
To set up the screen security
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click
Access.
4
Click the Access drop-down link, then click Screen.
5
In the Security Screen page’s Security Super Group section, select the super group you
want to work with.
6
In the Security Access Definition section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of security access definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Security Access Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Access Code
Description
Type
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
View the access code (display only).
Enter the description of the access code (optional).
Enter or view the type of security access definition
(optional).
If Yes is selected, the security access definition entry is
system defined.
If No is selected, the security access definition entry is
manually defined.
System Defined
2-18
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Enabled
8
If selected, indicates the security access definition entry
is enabled.
In the Security User Access Details section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of security user access definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
In the Security User Access Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Access Type
Select the access type of the user who will have access to
this screen (required).
Select the active value of the user who will have access to
this screen (required).
Select Yes to allow access to this screen for this user.
Select No to deny access to this screen for this user.
If Yes is selected, the screen user access definition entry
is system defined.
If No is selected, the screen user access definition entry is
manually defined.
Active Value
Allowed
System Defined Yes/No
10 Click Save on the Screen Security page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-19
Access link > Correspondence link
The Correspondence page allows you to restrict access to different correspondence commands on the Letters menu, thus restricting your ability to generate certain correspondence.
If you do not have the responsibility to create to type of correspondence, the corresponding command on the Letters menu is unavailable (dimmed).
To set up the correspondence
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click
Access.
4
Click the Access drop-down link, then click Correspondence.
5
In the Correspondence page’s Correspondence Codes section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of correspondence codes
records.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
In the Correspondence Codes section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Code
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Search for and view the correspondence code name you
want to work with (display only).
View the description for the correspondence code (display only).
If selected, indicates the selected correspondence code
entry is enabled.
Description
Enabled
2-20
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7
In the Correspondence User Access Definition section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of correspondence user
access definition records.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Correspondence Codes section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the access grid function type (required).
Enter the access function grid value (required).
Select Yes to allow access or No to restrict access to the
entry based on the access type and value.
If Yes is selected, the correspondence user access definition entry is system defined.
If No is selected, the correspondence user access definition entry is manually defined.
Access Type
Access Value
Allowed
System Defined Yes/No
9
Click Save on the Correspondence page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-21
Users link (Users page)
The Users page allows you to create and set up each Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing user. In the User Definition section, you can assign a user an identification name
and password to log on to Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. You can also assign
the organization, division, and department where each user is located. Additional fields
allow you to record information for contacting the user. You can also define the time frame
within which a user has access to the system to ensure compliance to the company’s
schedule. This is a very useful feature to prevent logins during scheduled maintenance.
The Responsibility field records the job function of the user and defines the level of access
that user has within the system; in particular:
•
•
•
What menu items does the user have access to?
What transactions can the user perform on the Maintenance page on the Customer
Service window?
What edits can the user perform on the Verification link during loan origination?
Note: The Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing SUPERUSER responsibility grants
access to the entire Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system. Please give careful
consideration to the number and type of users who receive this responsibility.
To set up the users
2-22
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click Users.
4
In the Users page’s User Definition section, select the record you want to work with and
click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of user definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the User Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the user id. Note: This field is a unique indicator
and cannot be updated, edited, or deleted once saved
(required).
Select the organization to which the user belongs
(required).
Select the division to which the user belongs (required).
Select the department to which the user belongs
(required).
Enter the start date for the user (required).
Enter the end date for the user (required).
If Yes is selected, the entry is system defined. System
defined entries cannot be modified.
If No is selected, the entry is not system defined and it
can be modified.
Select to enable the user.
Enter the first name of the user (required).
Enter the middle initial of the user (optional).
Enter the last name of the user (required).
Select the responsibility for the user (required).
Note: A new user responsibility (role) is added. The users
mapped to this responsibility can only view the screens.
User Id
Organization
Division
Department
Start Dt
End Dt
System Defined
Enabled
First Name
MI
Last Name
Responsibility
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-23
Password
Phone 1
Extn 1
Phone 2
Extn 2
Fax 1
Fax 2
Replacement User*
Dt*
Type
Reference #
Email
Default language
6
Enter the password (required).
Enter the user’s primary phone number (required).
Enter the phone extension for the primary phone number
(optional).
Enter the user’s alternate phone number (optional).
Enter the phone extension for the alternate phone number
(optional).
Enter the user’s primary fax number (required).
Enter the user’s alternate fax number (optional).
Select the user id of the replacement user (optional).
Enter the date from when the replacement is effective
(optional).
*Note: These two fields allow you to create a replacement user for the current user. This is particularly useful
when a new employee assumes the duties of a former. By
completing the Replacement User and Replacement Dt
field, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing recognizes the replacement user as the current user on the
effective date. For more information, see the following
section, Replacement Users.
Select the user type (required).
Enter the reference number for the user (optional).
Enter user’s email address (optional).
Select the default language (required).
Click Save on the Users page.
Replacement users
By completing the Replacement User and Replacement Dt fields on the Users page, you
can replace an existing user with a new user. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
assigns all responsibilities of the original Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing user to
the new user as of the date of the replacement.
The Replacement User and Replacement Dt fields allow you to designate a replacement
for the current user in the User ID field. When you complete the Replacement User and
Replacement Dt fields, save your entry, and then enable the record, Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing replaces the original user. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
changes the End Dt field to the date when the original user was replaced (the same date in
the Dt field).
In the example below, User Id BATCH is the existing user replaced with Replacement User
BATCH USER, effective as of 02/04/2008.
2-24
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing assigns the queues of the original user to only
those replacement users who have the same user responsibilities (or Super User responsibility) as set in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing updates the following when replacing users:
1
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing assigns all applications in the replaced
user’s underwriting queue with the status NEW to the replacement user’s queue.
2
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing assigns all applications in the replaced
user’s funding queue with a status other than FUNDED to the replacement user’s
queue. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing currently stores the collector name
in the back end tables, which are updated with the replacement users ID in the case of
the replacement of any user.
3
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing also updates the Producer Management
page with the replacement user in the Underwriter and Collector fields. Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing assigns all applications routed to the original user
to the replacement user. This also includes any future applications for the replaced
user.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-25
4
2-26
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing automatically updates the Collector ID
field in all accounts to the replacement user and routes all accounts assigned to the
original user to the replacement user. Note: Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
will not update the replacement user ID for accounts that are closed.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5
On the queue setup Customer Service page’s Responsibilities sub page, the record for
the original user will be disabled and a new record will be created for the replacement
user. If the replacement user already exists in the setup, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing will not create a new record. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
updates the user ID and routes all accounts that were assigned to the original user,
based on the account condition, to the replacement user.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-27
Enhanced password protection
Customer data is always vulnerable when passwords are simple enough for hackers to
guess. This can happen in the absence of strict password rules. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports flexible and more secured password rules with a set of additional
organizational level password parameters. Setting all password parameters to Y enforces
the strictest password complexity.
These organization level password parameters are as follows:
Parameter
Description
ULG_PWD_CASE_SENSITIVE_REQ
PASSWORD SHOULD BE CASE SENSITIVE (Y/
N) (SET NO TO STORE PASSWORD IN UPPERCASE)
If the Parameter Value is set to N, the password
will be treated as if entered in uppercase.
ULG_PWD_LOWER_CHAR_REQ
PASSWORD MUST HAVE AT LEAST ONE LOWERCASE CHARACTER (YES/NO)
If the Parameter Value is set to Y, at least one
lowercase character is required in the password.
ULG_PWD_UPPER_CHAR_REQ
PASSWORD MUST HAVE AT LEAST ONE
UPPERCASE CHARACTER (YES/NO)
If the Parameter Value is set to Y, at least one
uppercase character is required in the password.
ULG_PWD_NBR_REQ
2-28
PASSWORD MUST HAVE AT LEAST ONE
NUMERIC CHARACTER (0-9) (YES/NO)
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
If the Parameter Value is set to Y, at least one
numeric character is required in the password.
ULG_PWD_SPECIAL_CHAR_REQ
PASSWORD MUST HAVE AT LEAST ONE SPECIAL CHARACTER ($#@ ETC) (YES/NO)
If the Parameter Value is set to Y, at least one
special character is required in the password.
Note: IF THE ULG_PWD_CASE_SENSITIVE_REQ parameter is set to N, then the
ULG_PWD_LOWER_CHAR_REQ parameter should also be set to N.
Password security is a top priority for any organization to secure its customer data. In
addition to the existing Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing security features, the
encryption algorithm DES3 makes it even tougher for hackers to break the encrypted password.
Password encryption can be done with the following methods:
1. DES (data encryption standard)
2. DES3 (triple data encryption standard)
A technical note about DES and DES3: DES is a symmetric key cipher (encryption
algorithm); that is, the same key is used to encrypt data as well as decrypt data. DES
encrypts data in 64-bit sections using a 56-bit key. The banking industry has adopted DES
based standards for transactions between private financial institutions, and between private financial institutions and a private individual.
Triple DES (DES3) is a far stronger cipher than DES. The resulting encrypted data is
much harder to break using exhaustive search 2**168 attempts as compared to 2**56
attempts (in the case of DES).
You can specify the encryption type to use with your Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing system using the following system parameter.
Parameter
Description
PASSWORD_ENCRYPTION_TYPE
PASSWORD ENCRYPTION TYPE
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing - Oracle Identity Manager
Synchronization
Oracle Identity Manager is for user administration. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing has been developed in such a way that it can be implemented with or without Oracle Identity Manager. In case OID has been employed, the user definition is done in OID
and then synchronized to the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing Users table using a
utility JAR called OID Synchronization JAR. In OID, users are defined across various
groups belonging to a realm which is nothing but the directory structure in OID. A user
can be configured to belong to multiple groups in a realm. Every time the user tries to
login to Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing or OBIEE, the system validates the
login id and the password with OID and provides access to those applications.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-29
Printers link (Printers page)
The Printers page allows you to set up an unlimited number of network printers and fax
devices to be used with the system server. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will
use the information on this page when selecting a printer when the printing process
involves a batch job or use a job scheduler. Examples include printing reports and correspondence.
The printers and fax devices can be set up at each organization, division, or department to
promote efficient printing of documents, and reports. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing uses this information during product setup and on the Letters page in the Batch
Printer field.
Special printer names
The following printer names are predefined and have specific functions within Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing:
UNDEFINED
Indicates that the document to be printed is to be previewed in
your browser instead of actually printing the document.
ARCHIVE
Instead of sending an item to the printer, Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing generates a PDF document and saves it in
the archive directory on your server.
EMAIL
For loan origination correspondences that can be faxed, Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will e-mail the document as a
PDF attachment to the consumer for direct loans or to the producer in the case of in-direct loans.
FAX
For loan origination correspondences that can be faxed, Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing generates a PDF document it
will send to the fax server defined in System Parameters.
Additionally, you may set up composite entries in the Printer Name field to perform two or
more functions at the same time. This can be done by defining a printer name with the following format:
PRINTER NAME = <PRINTER_NAME1> + <PRINTER_NAME2>
For example, if a printer named JET4050 was previously defined, as were the special
printer names listed above, then the following additional printers could be defined:
JET4050+ARCHIVE
FAX+ARCHIVE
EMAIL+ARCHIVE+JET4050
2-30
Prints the document with the jet4050 printer and
archives the document.
Faxes and archives the document.
E-mails, archives, and prints the document with
the jet4050 printer.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up the printers
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click Printers.
4
In the Administration page’s Printers section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of printer records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Printers section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Printer Name
Enter the printer name. The name of the printer as
defined by the server. For a UNIX server, the name might
be JET4050, while to access the same printer from a Windows server the name would be: \\servername\jet4050 (required).
Enter the description for the printer (required).
Select the organization to which the printer belongs
(required).
Select the division to which the printer belongs
(required). The division will be displayed based on the
organization selected.
Select the department to which the printer belongs
(required). The department will be displayed based on the
division selected.
Description
Organization
Division
Department
IMPORTANT: In selecting which printer to use, Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing searches for a best
match using the following attributes:
1
2
3
Organization
Division
Department
For this reason, Oracle recommends creating one version
of each edit where ALL is the value in these fields.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-31
Default
Enabled
8
2-32
It is also recommended that you define a default printer
for an Organization, Division and Department.
Select to indicate that this printer is a default printer.
Select to enable the printer and that the printer is active
(required).
Note: Never disable the UNDEFINED printer.
Click Save on the Printers page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Bank Details link (Banks page)
The Banks page defines the banks a company/branch uses for processing automatic clearing house (ACH) and lock box payments.
Note: This is “behind the scenes” information that Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses for payments and does not appear on any other Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing forms.
To set up the banks
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click Bank
Details.
4
In the Bank Details page’s Banks Definition section, select the record you want to work
nd click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-33
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of bank definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Banks Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the bank code (ID used internally by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to represent the bank)
(required).
Enter the name for the bank (required).
Enter the short name for the bank (ID displayed to represent the bank. This may be included in any output files)
(required).
Select to enable and indicate this is an active bank
Enter the account number used for banking transactions
with the bank.
Note: If the organizational parameter
UIX_HIDE_RESTRICTED_DATA is set to Y, this appears
as a masked number; for example, XXXXX1234
(required).
Enter the routing number of the bank (required)
Select the country where the bank is located (required).
Enter the city where the bank is located (required).
Enter the state where the bank is located (required).
Enter the address line 1 for the bank (optional).
Enter the address line 2 for the bank (optional).
Enter the zip code where the bank is located (required).
Enter the zip extension where the bank is located
(optional).
Enter the primary phone number of the bank (required).
Enter the phone extension for the primary phone number
(optional).
Enter the alternate phone number for the bank (optional).
Enter the phone extension for the alternate phone number
(optional).
Enter the primary fax number for the bank (required).
Enter the alternate fax number for the bank (optional).
Select the ACH format accepted by this bank (required).
Code
Name
Short Name
Enabled
Account #
Routing #
Country
City
St
Address Line 1
Address Line 2
Zip
Extn
Phone 1
Extn 1
Phone 2
Extn 2
Fax 1
Fax 1
ACH Format
6
Click the ACH sub tab.
7
On the ACH sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of ACH records.
2-34
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
On the ACH sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information used to create ACH
files for the bank listed in the Banks section.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
In this field:
Do this:
Company
Branch
ACH Identifier
Select the portfolio company (required).
Select the portfolio branch (required).
Enter the lock box id provided by the bank. This field is
used in the ACH files to identify the bank (required).
Select to enable the ACH and indicate this is an active
ACH identifier.
Enabled
9
Click the Lock Box sub tab.
10 On the Lock Box sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of lock box records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
11 On the Lock Box sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information to create lock
box files for the bank listed in the Banks page.
In this field:
Do this:
Lock Box Identifier
Enter the lock box id provided by bank. This field is used
in the lock box files to identify the bank (required).
Select the portfolio company (required).
Select the portfolio branch (required).
Select to enable the lock box.
Company
Branch
Enabled
12 Click Save on the Bank Details page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-35
Standard Payees link (Standard Payees page)
The Standard Payees page defines the third parties that are frequently the payees for
checks issued within your organization. These payees are then available on the Consumer
Lending window’s Advance Entry page. When you select the Payee # in the Advance
Allocation section, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing completes the remaining
fields in this page with information from the Standard Payees page.
Note: The Payee # field on the Advance Payment forms is a non-validated field. This
allows you to select an entry or enter one of your own.
To set up the standard payees
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click Standard Payee.
2-36
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4
On the Standard Payees page’s Payee Definition section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of payee definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Payee Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the payee number (Identifier for the payee)
(required).
Enter the payee name (required).
Select the payment method for the payee (required).
View if payee is enabled (optional).
Select the country where the payee is located (required).
Enter the city where the payee is located (optional).
Select the state where the payee is located (optional).
Enter the address line 1 for the payee (optional).
Enter the address line 2 for the payee (optional).
Select the zip code where the payee is located (optional).
Enter the zip extension where the payee is located
(optional).
Enter the primary phone number for the payee (optional).
Enter the alternate phone number for the payee
(optional).
Enter the payee ACH bank name used by the standard
payee (required).
Enter the payee ACH bank routing number of bank used
by the standard payee (optional).
Select the payee type of ACH bank account maintained
by the Standard Payee (required).
Enter the payee ACH bank account number.
Payee #
Name
Pmt Mode
Enabled
Country
City
St
Address Line 1
Address Line 2
Zip
Extn
Phone 1
Phone 2
Bank Name
Routing #
Account Type
ACH Account #
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-37
Start Dt
Comment
6
2-38
Enter the payment mode start date - the date the current
payment method was implemented (defaults on Pmt
Mode change) (display only).
Note: If the organizational parameter
UIX_HIDE_RESTRICTED_DATA is set to Y, this appears
as a masked number; for example, XXXXX1234
(optional).
Enter a comment for this advance allocations. This is the
default comment to include with payments to this Payee
(optional).
Click Save on the Standard Payees page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Check Details link (Check Details page)
The Check Details page allows you to set up check details.
To setup the Check Details page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click Check
Details.
4
In the Check Details section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of check details records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Check Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Company
Branch
Select the company (required).
Select the branch (required).
Select the payee type (optional).
Enter the check number (required).
Enter the printer name (required).
Select to enable the check details entry.
Payee Type
Check Number
Printer Name
Enabled
6
Click Save in the Check Details page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-39
Currency link
The Currency link allows you to set up currency details.
To setup the currency information
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click Currency.
4
In the Administration page’s Currency section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of currency records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Currency section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the currency (required).
View the currency name (required) The currency name is
displayed based on the currency selected.
Select the country (required).
Select to enable the currency entry.
Currency
Currency Name
Country
Enabled
6
2-40
Click Save in the Currency section.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Currency Pair link
The Currency Pair links allows you to set up currency pair details.
To set up the currency pair information
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click Currency Pair.
4
In the Administration page’s Currency Pair section, select the record you want to work
with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of currency pair records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Currency Pair section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the currency code (required).
Select the currency pair code (required).
If selected, indicates that this is a through currency.
Select the through currency code (optional).
Select to enable the currency pair entry.
Currency Code
Currency Pair Code
Through Currency
Through Currency Code
Enabled
6
Click Save on the Currency Pair page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
2-41
Zip Codes link
The Zip Codes page allows you to set up zip code details.
To set up the zip codes information
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Administration bar link.
3
In the Administration window’s link bar, click the User drop-down link, then click ZipCodes.
Note:
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Note : The Edit functionality has been extended to the entire page. Previously the edit
functionality was restricted to the selected record alone but now extended to the entire
screen.
5
In the Zip Codes section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Country
State
Zip Code
Select the country (required).
Select the state (required).
Enter the zip code (required).
Enter the city (required).
Enter the country (optional).
City
Country
6
2-42
Click Save on the Zip Codes page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 3: DE-DUPE SETUP
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing’s de-dupe feature can be configured to identify
possible fraudulent information and misrepresentation of details on a loan application
based on duplicate information between applications.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing checks for duplicate information from existing
applications, already rejected applications, and applications currently being processed.
The following application entry information is used as the de-dupe criteria.
Label
Description
First Name
First name of the applicant.
Last Name
Last name of the applicant.
Date of Birth
Date of Birth of the applicant.
Mother’s Maiden Name
Applicant’s mother name.
National ID
National id of the applicant.
SSN
Applicant’s SSN number.
Driving License
Applicants driving license number.
Passport Number
Passport number of the applicant.
Customer SSN
Customer’s SSN number.
Customer First Name
First name of the customer.
Customer Last Name
Last name of the customer.
Customer Date of Birth
Date of Birth of the customer.
Customer Mother’s Maiden NameCustomer’s mother name.
Customer National ID
National id of the customer.
Customer Driving License
Customer’s driving license number.
Customer Passport Number
Passport number of the customer.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
3-1
Dedupe link (De-Dupe page)
The Dedupe Setup window’s De-Dupe page enables you to define the de-dupe criteria
from the fields listed above. With the De-Dupe page’s Criteria section, you can specify the
logical operators of AND or OR while defining the criterion.
If you choose AND as the logical operator between the criterion components, Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing retrieves the records that are matching with the details
in the criterion components.
For example, if you define the de-dupe criteria as First Name and Passport Number, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing retrieves all records in which both the first name
and passport number match the current application. On the contrary, if you choose OR as
the logical operator, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing retrieves all the records in
which either the First Name or Passport Number match the current application.
To set up the De-Dupe
3-2
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the De-Dupe bar link.
3
In the Dedupe Setup link bar, click Dedup.
4
On the De-Dupe page’s Dedupe section, select the record you want to work with.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Dedupe section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the code of the dedupe (required).
Enter a description of the dedupe (required).
Select to enable the dedupe.
Code
Description
Enabled
6
In the Criteria section, define the dedupe selection criteria with the following fields:
Note: Criteria can be one or more rows.
In this field:
Do this:
Sort
Enter the sequence numbers (required).
Enter left bracket (optional).
Select the attribute (required).
Select comparison operator (required).
Enter right bracket (optional).
Enter logical operator (optional).
Select to enable the criteria.
(
Attribute
Comparison Operator
)
Logical Operator
Enable
7
Click Check Criteria on the De-Dupe page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
3-3
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing reviews the selection criteria for errors.
•
If NO ERROR appears in the Error Message box, choose OK.
•
If errors appears in the Error Message box, make the necessary corrections in the Criteria
section.
8
Click Save on the De-Dupe page.
During the underwriting and funding processes, you can initiate the de-dupe check by
clicking De-dupe Applicant on the Applicants Details page’s Duplicate Applicant sub
page (opened from the Applications link bar’s Applicant link).
Underwriting
3-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Funding
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
3-5
3-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 4: ORACLE FLEXCUBE LENDING AND LEASING
CREDIT BUREAU SETUP
In Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing, an important part of the origination process
is pulling a credit report from a credit bureau and scoring that information against a userdefined risk model. These credit reports can be pulled both automatically and manually.
After you enter an application, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing compares its
contents against pre-screen criteria. If the application passes a pre-screen edits check, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing advances the status of the application and automatically pulls a credit report.
You can manually request a credit report for an applicant or any other party included on
the application, such as co-signers and spouses by selecting the bureau from which you
want to pull the report. If more than one report type is defined for the selected bureau, you
can indicate the type of report you want to pull.
Credit Bureau Setup details
•
The credit bureau from which the report is pulled is determined by the applicant’s zip
code. The credit bureau interface searches the information in the Credit Bureau Zip
Matrix tab and matches the applicant’s zip code to determine the bureau(s) from
which to request a report.
•
The number of credit reports automatically pulled per applicant is controlled through
the credit request parameter CRB_MAX_BUREAU_PULL. If this parameter is set to 1,
a credit bureau request will be made for the Bureau1 credit bureau from the zip code
matrix. Likewise, if this parameter is set to 2, a credit bureau request will be made for
the Bureau1 and the Bureau2 credit bureaus from the zip code matrix.
•
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing automatically pulls credit reports for only
the primary applicant and the primary applicant's spouse (for joint applications) unless
the CRB_ALL_APL_BUREAU_PULL credit request parameter is set to Y. However, if
the parameter is set to Y, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing pulls credit reports
for all of the applicants on the loan, regardless of their relationship to the primary borrower.
•
Passwords, default report formats, and other required information from the credit
bureaus are set up in the Report Formats page.
Member codes and passwords when switching credit bureau access methods (moving
from dial-up to Net Connect). The member codes and passwords are not dependent on the
connection method used to access the bureau.
Frame relay access is from the database server to the Experian host though a TCP/IP
socket connection. The connection is outbound only and it is to a specific port (699 or
700) on the Experian host.
The Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing credit bureau service will be accessing
Experian Net Connect service through HTTP to the ECALS URL supplied by Experian as
well as by the HTTPS to the URL returned as a response to the ECALS URL inquiry (the
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-1
credit request URL). This access is from the database server (not the iAS server) and
access
4-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Credit Bureau setup
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing Credit Bureau Setup window, the
Request drop-down link open pages that allow you to set up credit bureaus.
The Request drop-down link contains the following links:
•
•
•
•
•
Report Formats
Connections
Zip Matrix
Parameters
Score Reasons
This section explains how to set up the pages opened from each.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-3
Request link > Report Formats link (Report Formats page)
The Reports Formats page captures and tracks the attributes related to the multiple types
of reports offered by the credit bureau agencies. When a company enlists the service of a
credit bureau, the credit bureau provides a membership code and password. This information needs to be entered on the Reports Formats page before you can request a credit
report. You must define at least one report for each credit bureau from which you want to
pull reports.
The information on the Report Formats page is location-specific. If the business requires
different membership codes for each location, be it a company or branch, then individual
records must be set up.
The Score Type, Additional Product, and Inquiry Limit fields on the Credit Report Setup
section are optional. They may not apply to all credit bureau types and even if they do
apply, you may want to leave them blank and rely on a default value set up at the credit
bureau.
Note: For more information, please refer to the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing Installation Notes.
To set up the report formats
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Credit Bureau bar link.
3
In the Credit Bureau Setup link bar, click the Request drop-down link, then click Report
Formats.
4
4-4
In the Report Formats page’s Credit Bureau section, select the record you want to work
with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of credit bureau records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Credit Bureau section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In the field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the name of the credit bureau company (required).
Enter the abbreviated or short name for the bureau
(required).
Select the credit bureau source (required).
Select the country of the credit bureau address (required).
Enter the city for the credit bureau address (required).
Select the state of the credit bureau address (required).
Enter the address line 1 for the credit bureau (required).
Enter the address line 2 for the credit bureau (optional).
Select the zip code for the credit bureau address
(required).
Enter the zip extension for the credit bureau address
(optional).
Enter the primary phone number for the credit bureau
(required).
Enter the extension for the primary phone number
(optional).
Bureau Name
Short Name
Source
Country
City
St
Address Line 1
Address Line 2
Zip
Extn
Phone 1
Extn 1
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-5
Phone 2
Extn 2
Fax 1
Fax 2
6
Click Save on the Report Formats page.
7
In the Credit Bureau Report Formats section, select the record you want to work with
and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of credit report format
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Credit Bureau Report Formats section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the portfolio company that will be using the above
credit bureau (required).
Select the portfolio branch from the company that will be
using the above credit bureau (required).
Enter the credit report format description (required).
Enter the credit bureau member code (assigned by
bureau) (optional).
Enter the credit bureau password (required).
Enter the customer code (optional).
View the last authorization password change date. The
Experian Net Connect product requires that the Auth
Password (or SSP Password in Experian jargon) be
changed every 90 days (or sooner). Equifax may have
similar requirements, but they were not known at the
time of this writing. Use the date displayed in this field to
identify when the password needs to be changed.
Note: The password needs to be changed both in Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing and at the credit
bureau. Changing the password in Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing does not initiate or perform a
change at the bureau. Changing the password at the
bureau must be done outside of Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing. Contact the credit bureau for the
procedure for changing the password (display only).
View the authorization user id (display only).
View the authorization password (display only).
Note: This field is not displayed to the user and is also
encrypted before being stored in the database (display
only).
Company
Branch
Description
Member Code
Password
Customer Code
Auth Password Change Dt
Auth User ID
Auth Password
4-6
Enter the secondary phone number for the credit bureau
(required).
Enter the extension for the secondary phone number
(optional).
Enter the primary fax number for the credit bureau
(required).
Enter the extension for the primary fax number
(optional).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Change Authorization User Id/Password section
New Auth User Id
Enter the authorization user id (optional).
New Auth User Password
Enter the authorization user password (optional).
TransUnion Details section
(Note: This is only applicable for TransUnion.)
Market
Enter the TransUnion market id (optional).
Sub Market
Enter the TransUnion Sub Market id (optional).
Industry
Enter the TransUnion Industry code (optional).
Experian Details section
(Note: This is only applicable for Experian.)
Preamble
Enter the Experian preamble code (optional).
Host Id
Enter the Experian host id (optional).
UIC
Enter the Experian UIC (optional).
Equifax Details section
(Note: This is only applicable for Equifax.)
Service Name
Enter the equifax service name. The service name will be
provided to you by Equifax when your company's Internet System to System account is created. Possible values
for pulling credit reports are acrotest (for access to the
test system) and acro (for access to the production system) (optional).
Credco Details section
(Note: This is only applicable for Credco.)
Origin Code
Enter the credco origin code (optional).
9
In the Report Format Details section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of report format detail
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
10 In the Report Format Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the report name to be accessed from the credit
bureau (required).
Select the report type of the credit bureau report
(required).
Select the credit score type (optional).
Select the product code (optional).
Select the inquiry limit for the credit report (optional).
Select if the report is used as default.
Report
Report Type
Score Type
Additional Product
Inquiry Limit
Default
11 Click Save on the Report Formats page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-7
Request link > Connections link (Connections page)
The Connections page records and supports various connections to the credit bureau to
receive reports from the agencies. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports connections to the bureaus through one or more modems attached to the database server, network accessed modem server, or direct network connection (usually frame relay).
For modem-based connections, multiple credit bureaus can be accessed over the same
modem. If there are multiple requests in the queue, the order in which the bureaus are
listed determines the order in which the requests are processed.
Example
If the credit bureau service checks the submitted credit requests and finds three Experian,
one Equifax, and two TransUnion credit requests and the connections setup is
Bureau1=TUC, Bureau2=EFX, and Bureau3=EXP, the two TransUnion requests will be
processed first, the Equifax request next, and then the three Experian requests.
Note: For this above example, adding two more modems and assigning a specific bureau
to each one would help to avoid the delay caused by queuing all requests through a single
modem.
IMPORTANT:
Direct network connections must be set up for only one bureau.
Like the Credit Bureau section on the Report Formats page, the data fields used on the
Connections page are generic and not all fields are used for all access methods. The following table summarizes the data needed for each access method:
4-8
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
For frame relay access, specify the IP address provided by the bureau followed by a space
and then the port number (for example, 192.168.36.2.700).
Experian Net Connect
At the time of this writing, the Experian product ECALS URL is:
http://www.experian.com/lookupServlet1?lookupService
Name=AccessPoint&lookupServiceVersion=1.0&serviceName=Net
Connect&serviceVersion=2.0&responseType=text/plain
Note: The URL given above is one continuous string. This can be verified by entering the
URL with a browser. The displayed value will be an HTTPS URL.
Enter the entire ECALS URL provided by Experian into the Device field. Notice that this
URL does not start with https. The ECALS URL is a URL used by the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing credit bureau service to request the HTTPS URL. The
HTTPS URL is not displayed on any setup screen and is only known to the credit bureau
interface at runtime.
Equifax Internet System to System
At the time of this writing, the Equifax Internet System to System URL is:
https://transport5.ec.equifax.com/servlet/stspost
CSC Tri-Merge
At the time of this writing, the CSC URL is:
https://www.emortgage.Equifax.com/cgi-bin/emspop.exe
CredcoConnect
At the time of this writing, the Credco URL is:
https://www.credcoconnect.com/CGI-BIN/CCListener.exe
To set up the connections
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Credit Bureau bar link.
3
In the Credit Bureau Setup link bar, click the Request drop-down link, then click Connections.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-9
4
In the Connections page’s Credit Bureau Connections section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of credit bureau records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Credit Bureau Connections section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In the field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter connection name (required).
Select first credit bureau (required).
Select 2nd credit bureau (required).
Select 3rd credit bureau (required).
Note: The Bureau1, Bureau2, and Bureau3 fields in the
Credit Bureau Connections section specify which bureau
types can be accessed over the connection.
Enter the connection device name. The Device field lists
the physical device name for a modem, or the IP address
for a network accessed connection. (required).
Select the connection device speed. The Device Speed
field is only applicable to server-attached modems. It is
used to specify the communications speed between the
server and the modem (required).
Select to enable the connection (required).
Name
Bureau 1
Bureau 2
Bureau 3
Device
Device Speed
Enabled
6
4-10
Click Save on the Connections page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Request link > Zip Matrix link (Zip Matrix page)
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses the zip code of the applicant’s current
home address to determine which credit bureau to use when automatically pulling a report.
The Zip Matrix page allows you to record the credit bureau from which a report is pulled
based on a range of zip codes, as well as the company, branch and country of the account.
When searching for a zip code match, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing:
1) Reads the first credit bureau defined in the matrix
2) Reads the credit report format to get the appropriate membership code and password
for the user’s location
3) Requests a credit report.
If Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing cannot pull a report from the first bureau, it
pulls one from the second. If the zip code you entered does not fall in the matrix setup,
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses a default zip matrix (0000000000 to
0000000000) to select the required bureau.
To set up the zip matrix
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Credit Bureau bar link.
3
In the Credit Bureau Setup link bar, click the Request drop-down link, then click Zip
Matrix.
4
In the Zip Matrix page’s Credit Bureau Zip Code Matrix section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of credit bureau zip code
matrix records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-11
5
In the Credit Bureau Zip Code Matrix section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In the field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the portfolio company (required).
Select the portfolio branch (required). The branch will be
displayed based on the company selected.
Select the country (required).
Enter the starting zip code (From) (required).
Enter the ending zip code (To) (required).
Select the preferred bureau #1 (first bureau pulled). You
must enter at least one credit bureau in the Bureau 1 field
for each zip code range. The bureau entered in the Bureau
1 field for each range is the primary bureau. For any
given range, do not list the same credit bureau in more
than one field (required).
Select the preferred bureau #2 (second bureau pulled)
(required).
Select the preferred bureau 3 (third bureau pulled)
(required).
Company
Branch
Country
From Zip
To Zip
Bureau 1
Bureau 2
Bureau 3
6
4-12
Click Save on the Zip Matrix page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Request link > Parameters link (Parameters page)
The Parameters page records parameters specifically dealing with credit bureau information. These parameters are divided into three groups:
•
•
•
Parsing parameters
Request parameters
Configuration parameters
Parameters can be defined at the company or branch level. The following credit bureau
parameters are configured during the installation:
PARSING PARAMETERS FOR CREDIT BUREAU SERVICE
CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS FOR CREDIT BUREAU SERVICE
REQUEST PARAMETERS FOR CREDIT BUREAU SERVICE
To set up the parameters
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Credit Bureau bar link.
3
In the Credit Bureau Setup link bar, click the Request drop-down link, then click Parameters.
4
In the Parameters page’s Credit Bureau Parameters section, select the record you want
to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of parameter records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-13
5
In the Credit Bureau Parameters section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In the field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the portfolio company (required).
Select the portfolio branch (required). The branch will be
displayed based on the company selected.
Select the credit bureau parameter (required).
Enter the credit bureau parameter value (required).
Select to enable the credit bureau parameter.
Company
Branch
Parameter Group
Parameter Value
Enabled
6
4-14
Click Save on the Parameters page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Request link > Score Reasons link (Score Reasons page)
The Score Reasons page allows you to define or modify the scoring reason codes and
descriptions for the predefined scoring models used by the credit bureau agencies.
Note: This information is not associated with the user-defined scores determined by the
internal Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing model during product setup.
To set up the score reasons
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Credit Bureau bar link.
3
In the Credit Bureau Setup link bar, click the Request drop-down link, then click Score
Reasons.
4
In the Score Reasons page’s Score Models section, select the record you want to work
with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of score model records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-15
5
In the Score Models section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In the field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
View the credit bureau score model (display only).
Select to enable the credit bureau score model.
Bureau Score Model
Enabled
6
In the Score Reasons sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of score reason records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
On the Score Reasons sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information for the
reason code and description for the selected scoring model:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the reason code (required).
View the description (required).
Reason Code
Description
8
4-16
Click Save on the Score Reasons page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Reporting link (Reporting page)
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing reports to the credit bureau agencies in the
Metro 2 format with the payment and account status information of each account holder.
The Credit Bureau Reporting page contains the program identifier to be reported to the
bureaus.
To set up the reporting
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Credit Bureau bar link.
3
In the Credit Bureau link bar, click Reporting.
4
In the Reporting page’s Credit Bureau Reporting section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of credit bureau report
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Credit Bureau Reporting section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the portfolio company (required).
Select the bureau (required).
Enter the program identifier. The customer receives this
from the bureau and uses it to identify itself to that
bureau. You will need to update this information
(required).
Select to enable the program.
Company
Bureau
Program Identifier
Enabled
6
Click Save on the Reporting page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-17
Special Metro II Code reporting
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows you to report the following special
Metro II segments to the credit bureau output file:
•
•
•
Consumer Information Indicator Code (CIIC)
Compliance Condition Code (CCCD)
Special Comment Code (SPCC).
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing users will need to use call Action/Results and
Reason fields on the Call Activities sub page of the Customer Service form (Lending >
Customer Service > Customer Service (2) master tab > Account Details tab > Call Activities sub tab) to place specific account conditions where these Metro II segments are to be
reported. The specific segment reported for a given condition will be based on the
account condition and call activity reason codes.
Note: It is the responsibility of the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing Administrator or individual user to setup Special Metro II Code reporting functionality.
When users open one of the following conditions:
CIIC
CCCD
SPCC
CONSUMER INFORMATION INDICATOR CODE (METRO2 - FCRA)
COMPLIANCE CONDITION CODE (METRO2)
SPECIAL COMMENT CODE (METRO2)
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing recognizes the condition, processes the selected
Metro II reporting call activity reason code, and generates the Metro II reporting segment
in the Metro II reporting output file.
Note: You (the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing user) are responsible for selecting the correct Metro II reporting segment reason code to be reported. If you do not select
a Metro II reporting segment reason code, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will
not generate information to Metro II output file. If you select an incorrect (wrong) Metro
II reporting segment reason code, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will report
the selected Metro II reporting segment. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing does
not validate the contents of the Reason field with the contents of the Condition field.
To end the reported Special Metro II Special Code, close the open Special Metro II Condition (no reason code needed). Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing recognizes the
closing of the open Special Metro II Condition and will not create a Metro II reporting
segment in the output file.
IMPORTANT:
The CBU_FILE_FREQUENCY (METRO 2 FILE FREQUENCY) Company system parameter
determines if output file is generated and created daily or output file is written with daily
data and output monthly.
4-18
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up Metro II Code reporting
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
In the Administration page, click Queues, then click Setup.
3
In the Call Actions and Call Results sections, set up to open and close the following system defined condition codes to open and close:
Action Code
Description
CIIC
CCCD
SPCC
CONSUMER INFORMATION INDICATOR CODE (METRO2 - FCRA)
COMPLIANCE CONDITION CODE (METRO2)
SPECIAL COMMENT CODE (METRO2)
When setup is completed, you can open and close Special Metro II code conditions.
Note: Opening and closing Special Metro II Code reporting is a manual process.
The CBU_FILE_FREQUENCY (METRO 2 FILE FREQUENCY) Company system parameter
determines if output file is generated and created daily or output file is written with daily
data and output monthly.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-19
Oracle Wallet Manager setup
The Experian Net Connect, Equifax Internet System to System, and CSC interfaces within
the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing credit bureau service use functionality provided by the Oracle Wallet feature. Use the Oracle Wallet Manager on the database server
to create and export a wallet for use by the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
credit bureau service.
Note: All of the above mentioned interfaces use the same Oracle wallet. If a wallet already
exists and is in use by one of the credit bureau interfaces, there is no need to create another
wallet. Due to differing certificate requirements, there may be a need to import additional
trusted certificates into the wallet, but there will not be a need to create a new one. The
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing credit bureau parameter ORA_WALLET_PATH
contains the location of the Oracle Wallet used by the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing credit bureau service.
To create and export a wallet suitable for use by the Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing credit bureau
Refer to the Oracle documentation for more detailed instructions on how to use the Oracle
Wallet Manager to create and manage a wallet:
1
If a wallet does not already exist, create one somewhere on the database server. The location must be readable and writable by the Oracle user. Make a note of the full path where
the wallet is stored (for example, /etc/ORACLE/WALLETS/oracle or C:\oracle\WALLETS).
2
The wallet needs to contain the public key for the certificate authority that issued the
server certificate for each HTTPS web site that will be connected to by the credit bureau
interface. At the time of this document, those sites are:
https://ss1.experian.com
https://transport5.ec.equifax.com
https://www.emortgage.Equifax.com
https://www.credcoconnect.com
Experian
Equifax
CSC
Credco
This list may change. Use the URL provided to you by the credit bureau when they set up
your service. To get the proper Experian HTTPS URL, enter the ECALS URL that was
provided by Experian into a web browser. The response returned to the browser is the
HTTPS URL that will be used to communicate with Experian.
3
Import the necessary certificate authority’s certificate files into the Oracle wallet that was
created in Step 1. See the appendix of this chapter for detailed instructions of how to
download and install a trusted certificate.
4
Test the wallet by connecting to each web site with a simple command issued from SQLPlus.
SQL> select utl_http.request('https://ss1.experian.com',
NULL, 'file:/etc/ORACLE/WALLETS/oracle', 'password') from
dual;
Replace the URL in the above command with each HTTPS URL given to you for use by
the credit bureaus. Also replace the wallet path with the path to your wallet and your wallet password. The output from the command is not important, what is important is that it
4-20
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
runs without displaying an Oracle error. If there is an Oracle error, then something is
wrong with the contents of the wallet, the path to the wallet, and/or the wallet password.
5
When the wallet contains all of the required trusted certificates, export the wallet to a text
file. On the Operations menu on the Oracle Wallet Manager, choose Export All Trusted
Certificates. The text file MUST be located in the same directory as the wallet and the
filename MUST be default.txt. Anytime a change is made to the trusted certificates in the
wallet, the wallet must be re-exported to the same text file.
6
From Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing Setup menu, choose Credit Bureau >
Request > Parameters tab within and set the ORA_WALLET_PATH and
ORA_WALLET_PASSWORD parameters.
To create a client certificate wallet suitable for use by the CredcoConnect
interface
The CredcoConnect interface requires another wallet file in addition to the default wallet
file. This additional wallet file contains the client certificate and certificate chain issued to
your company by First American Credco when your account is created.
1
Save the client certificate file sent to you by First American on your local PC.
2
Open Microsoft Internet Explorer and go to Tools > Internet Options > Content > Certificates screen.
3
Click the Import button. Choose Next and the locate the PFX file you saved in Step 1.
Choose Next and enter the password provided to you by Credco for the certificate file.
Select the Enable string private key protection and Mark the private key as exportable check boxes. Choose the default selections on the following screens until the import
is successful.
4
On the Certificate Manager screen, select the First American Corporation certificate and
click the Export button.
5
Choose Next, Yes, export the private key, Next, PKCS12 format, include all certificates in
the certification path, and enable strong protection and Next.
6
Set the password for the certificate to be the same password as your Oracle wallet.
7
Choose Next and save the file as credco.p12.
8
Copy the credco.p12 file to your database server and into the same directory where the
existing Oracle wallet in use by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing is located.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-21
Oracle JVM Security setup
The Experian Net Connect interface within the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
credit bureau service requires the use of the Oracle Java Virtual Machine (JVM) that is
resident in the Oracle database. Furthermore, specific permissions must be granted to the
Java classes used by the credit bureau service. These permissions have been added to the
set_java_perms.sql script that is part of the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing distribution. This script (as well as many other useful SQL scripts) is available from the Oracle Financial Services Software technical support Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing patches web site.
The set_java_perms.sql script needs to run as the SYS user (or a user with SYS privileges). The script will prompt for SYS user id and password. Be prepared to provide it
when prompted. Also, the script will select the value of the ORA_WALLET_PATH parameter from the credit bureau parameters table. Make sure that it has been updated with the
proper wallet path before running the set_java_perms.sql script (although the script can be
safely run again if necessary).
Credit Bureau Service operation
The basic operation of the credit bureau service has not changed. Once setup, there is no
operational difference between accessing the credit bureaus via dial-up, frame relay, or the
Internet.
4-22
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Importing a trusted certificate into an Oracle Wallet
The HTTPS servers used by Experian, Equifax, and CSC for their Internet based credit
report services (as well as all HTTPS servers) contain a site certificate signed by a trusted
Certificate Authority (CA). The CA is an entity that guarantees the identity of the HTTPS
server. If the client trusts the CA, and the CA says that the HTTPS server is who they say
they are, then the client inherently trusts the HTTPS server. Normally, a client tool such as
Microsoft Internet Explorer has a large store of trusted CA certificates which makes
secure communication between a client and a trusted HTTPS server relatively seamless
and uneventful. Unfortunately, the store of CA certificates in the default Oracle wallet is
rather small and it is likely that it will not contain the certificate of the CA that is certifying one or more of the credit bureau web sites. This means that the CA certificate must be
imported into the wallet. To do this, the certificates must first be exported from a browser
and then imported into the Oracle wallet using the Oracle Wallet Manager.
Using Microsoft Internet Explorer to Export a Certificate
1
Use Microsoft Internet Explorer and connect to one of the HTTPS URLs referenced in the
Oracle Wallet Manager Setup section of this document.
If the web site asks for a user id and password, cancel the dialog box and remain on the
top-level HTTPS page.
2
Once connected, from the browser’s File menu, choose Properties.
3
Click the Certificates button.
4
Click the Certification Path tab. The bottom-most certificate is the one generated by the
host itself. The one or more certificates above the bottom-most one are of greater importance to this task. The screen shot below displays a web site with two CAs (an intermediate, and a primary). Whether it is an intermediate CA or a primary one, the steps are the
same for saving the certificate as a text file.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-23
5
Click the first certificate above the bottom-most certificate (it may be the only certificate
above the bottom-most certificate).
6
Click the View Certificate button.
7
Click the Details tab.
8
Click the Copy to File button.
9
Click the Next button.
10 Choose the Base 64 encoded format.
11 Click the Next button.
12 Enter a filename and location for the file.
13 Click the Next button.
14 Click the Finish button.
15 Repeat steps 5 through 14 for the next certificate in the certification path (if any).
4-24
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Importing the Certificates into an Oracle Wallet
1
Copy the certificates exported and saved during the process described above onto the database server (not the iAS server).
2
As the Oracle user (or Administrator on Windows), start the Oracle Wallet Manager.
3
Open the wallet that will be used by the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing credit
bureau service. Create a new wallet if one does not already exist.
4
View the list of Trusted Certificates in the wallet.
5
Check the list of certificates against the list of certificates that are in use on the HTTPS
servers used by the credit bureaus (and that were exported and saved during the export
process described above).
6
Click the Trusted Certificates heading in the left list box of the Oracle Wallet Manager.
7
Use Microsoft Internet Explorer to view the certificate details for the HTTPS web sites
(File > Properties > Certificates > Certification Path > View Certificate > General) that
will be contacted by the credit bureau service. Look through the list of certificates shown
in the right panel of the Oracle Wallet Manager and look for a match between the Issued
To and Valid To dates shown in the Internet Explorer View Certificate Window.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-25
The screen shot below shows a certificate that is already in the wallet’s list of trusted certificates (see the last entry for the www.verisign.com/CPS certificate).
4-26
8
On the Operations menu, choose Import Trusted Certificate and follow the prompts for
locating and loading the files that were copied onto the database server in step 1 for any
certificate not already stored in the wallet.
9
On the Wallet menu, choose Save when finished loading certificates.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
De-duping Credit Bureau data
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows you to remove duplicate (“de-dupe”) liabilities data from the credit bureau information.
De-duping logic
The de-duping logic is based on a number of parameters that Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing compares among tradelines (only) to determine if they are duplicates. The
following fields are used to determine if two tradelines are duplicates:
Field:
Description:
Account #
The account number of the consumer with the
lender for the particular account.
Open Date
The date the account was opened.
Member Code
The subscriber code of the lender with the
respective credit bureau.
Note: Since member codes for the same lender
differ across bureaus, this field is used only for
tradelines reported by the same bureau. Since
reports obtained from CSC can have tradelines
from different bureaus, this field is only for
reports pulled from the credit bureaus.
All available bureau reports pulled later than DEDUP_CRB_EXPIRATION_DAYS days old
will be used.
The following system parameters will be set up to provide switches to allow the functionality to be turned on and off:
Whenever two (or more) items are identified as duplicates, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing uses the following hierarchy to pick one of the items as the “correct” one:
1
Last Reported Date: The row that has been reported most recently is used.
2
Owner: In case of a tie on the last reported date, one of the tradelines is picked in the
descending order of priority depending on who the tradeline belongs to: Primary,
Spouse, then Secondary.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-27
Debt Ratio combination
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses the system parameter
DBR_JOINT_INC_DEBT_WITH_SPOUSE to decide whether to combine debt ratios of the
spouse with the primary applicant. The DBR_JOINT_INC_DEBT_WITH_COAPP parameter
decides whether to do the same on a non-spousal joint application.
When this indicator is checked, all liabilities in the Liability section on the Summary sub
page of the Applicant (2) master tab with the Include box selected will be used in the debt
ratio calculation.
The following system parameter will be set up to provide switches to allow the functionality to be turned on and off:
De-duping process
The de-duping logic will be integrated into the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
decision-making process in the following manner:
Initial credit pulls on new applications
•
If the JOINT_DEDUP_SPOUSE_LIABILITIES/ JOINT_DEDUP_ALLAPL_LIABILITIES
system parameters are set to Y, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses the deduping logic described above to uncheck the duplicate liabilities in the spouse's/coapplicant’s liabilities.
•
If the DBR_JOINT_INC_DEBT_WITH_SPOUSE/
DBR_JOINT_INC_DEBT_WITH_ALLAPL parameters are set to Y, Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing includes the liabilities of the spouse/ co-applicant while calculating the debt ratio of the primary applicant.
•
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will use all available credit reports at the
time.
Subsequent credit pulls (manual)
•
To remove duplicate liabilities from the calculation, choose the Dedup Liabilities button on the Underwriting form (Applicants (9) master tab > Summary sub page > Liability section). (Potential record locking situations force the action to remain manual
versus the system automatically doing it).
•
If the Populate Debt and Include Debt boxes are selected in the Applicant/Customer Detail section on the Bureau (4) master tab on the Underwriting form for the
credit request and the JOINT_DEDUP_SPOUSE_LIABILITIES/
JOINT_DEDUP_ALLAPL_LIABILITIES system parameters are set to Y, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will use the de-duping logic described above to uncheck
the duplicate liabilities in the spouse's/co-applicant's liabilities.
4-28
•
If the DBR_JOINT_INC_DEBT_WITH_SPOUSE/
DBR_JOINT_INC_DEBT_WITH_COAPL parameters are set to Y, Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing will include the liabilities of the spouse/ co-applicant while calculating the debt ratio of the primary applicant.
•
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will use all available credit reports at the
time of the request that have been requested within the number of days specified in the
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
DEDUP_CRB_EXPIRATION_DAYS parameter.
Restrictions
The de-duping logic will be limited based upon the discussion above. If Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing cannot identify two tradelines as duplicates based upon the
logic mentioned above, the individual tradelines will be retained. In such circumstances,
both tradelines will be used in the debt ratio calculation and it will be the user’s responsibility to disregard one of them by clearing the Include check box.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4-29
4-30
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 5: BATCH JOB SETUP
“Batch jobs” refer to the back-end processes that automatically run at a certain time. There
are two types of batch jobs:
•
•
Business processes (such as billing and delinquency processing)
Housekeeping tasks (such as application aging and application purging)
On the Setup window’s Administration page, the Batch Job section’s Loan link opens
pages that allow you to set up, monitor, and maintain batch jobs in Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing.
Batch jobs can be set up to be performed on a daily, weekly, monthly, and ad-hoc basis.
Batch jobs can also be configured to trigger an e-mail or phone message if a batch job
should fail.
Critical batch jobs control job flow and system date rollover to allow recovery during
errors. Errors are instances where a process did not successfully complete. Failures indicate that a particular job encountered errors that require remedial action. The number of
errors allowed before failure is defined for each job. Some errors automatically result in a
failure.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-1
Setup link > Batch Job link (Batch Job Sets page)
The Batch Job Sets page allows you to track and maintain of all batch processes within the
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system. Using this form, the system administrator can configure the frequency and start time of each batch process, as well as set the
number of threads to improve performance.
“Threading” allows a specific job to be separated into smaller units that are processed at
the same time. This allows Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to complete the job
in less time.
You can set up multiple batch jobs within a batch set. In the Batch Job Sets section, each
process is listed with the last run date (Last Run Dt field) and the next scheduled process
date (Next Run Dt field). In the Freq Code and Freq Value fields, you can determine the
frequency of each batch set, such as daily, weekly and monthly. You can also set up batch
sets to incorporate a dependency on another batch set. This way, if the initial batch fails,
the dependent set will not be processed.
In the Batch Jobs section, you can configure the process to run on weekends and holidays
using the respective option boxes.
CAUTION: As the batch job setup widely affects the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing system, Oracle Financial Services Software suggests that the system administrator has a clear understanding of the various functionalities within Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing before creating and updating the batch processes.
For the standard job set please review the Visio document,
dbk_std_detail_design_job_sets.vsd
5-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up a batch job
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Batch Jobs bar link.
3
In the Batch Jobs Setup link bar, click the Setup drop-down link, then click Batch Jobs.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-3
4
In the Batch Job Setup page’s Batch Job Sets section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of batch job set records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Batch Job Sets section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In the field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the code for the batch job set (required).
Enter the description for the batch job set (required).
Select the frequency at which the job set is to be executed
(required).
Select the frequency value (required). The frequency
value will be displayed based on the frequency code
selected.
Enter the start time for the job set (required).
Select if this job set is critical. A “critical” job is one that
prevents the General Ledger (GL) post date from rolling
forward, should the job fail.
Select to enable the job set.
View the last run date of the job set (display only).
Enter the next run date for job set (required).
Select the parent job set (required).
Set Code
Job Set Description
Freq Code
Freq Value
Start Time
Critical
Enabled
Last Run Dt
Next Run Dt
Parent
5-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Dependency
6
Select the type of dependency on the parent (required).
In the Batch Jobs section, select the record you want to work with and click Show in the
Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of batch job records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Batch Job section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In the field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the batch job sequence number.
Note: Within a job set jobs are executed sequentially
based on the seq number assigned.(required).
Select the batch job request type (required).
Enter the batch job request code (required).
Enter the batch job description (required).
View the number of threads used by the job (display
only).
Enter the number of rows after which auto-commit is
triggered (required).
Enter the number of errors allowed (required).
Select the parent job (required).
Select the type of dependency on the parent (required).
Select to perform batch jobs on weekend.
Seq
Job Type
Job Code
Job Description
Threads
Commit Count
Errors Allowed
Parent
Dependency
Weekend
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-5
Holiday
Enabled
Parent
Dependency
Command
RollbackSegment
8
Select to perform batch jobs on a holidays. (Holidays are
defined on the Job Holidays page.)
Select to enable the batch job.
Select the parent batch job (required).
Select the dependency clause of the batch job (required).
Enter the command line for the job (required).
If you choose, use this field to enter the rollback segment
for job (optional).
In the Batch Job Thread section, select the record you want to work with and click Show
in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of batch job records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
In the Batch Job Thread section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In the field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the name of thread (required).
Enter the SQL trace level (0, 1, 4, 8, 12) The higher the
number, the more activities Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing can trace (required).
Select to enable the thread.
Thread
Trace
Enabled
10 Click Save on the Batch Job Setup page.
5-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Setup link > Job Holidays link (Job Holidays page)
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows you to define holidays within the company on Job Holidays page. You can then use the Batch Jobs page to set up whether or not
you want Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to perform batch jobs on these days
using with the Batch Jobs section Holiday box.
To define job holidays
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Batch Jobs bar link.
3
In the Batch Jobs Setup link bar, click the Setup drop-down link, then click Job Holidays.
4
In the Job Holidays Setup page’s Job Holidays section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of job holiday records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Job Holidays section enter, view, or edit the following information:
In the field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the date of the job holiday (required).
Enter the job holiday description (required).
Select to enable the holiday.
Holiday Dt
Description
Enabled
6
Click Save on the Job Holidays Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-7
Monitor Batch Jobs link
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing tracks the success of each batch process on the
Batch Job Sets page. If either a set of batch jobs or specific batch job should fail, you can
resubmit it on this page and review the results in the Request Details section.
The Monitor Batch Jobs page is only a display page that contains the following sections:
•
•
•
•
•
Batch Job Sets
Batch Jobs
Batch Jobs Threads
Request Details
Request Results
To use the Monitor Batch Job Sets page
5-8
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Batch Jobs bar link.
3
In the Batch Jobs Setup link bar, click Monitor Batch Jobs.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4
In the Monitor Batch Jobs page’s Batch Job Sets section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of batch job set records.
5
In the Batch Job Sets section, view the following information:
In the field:
View this:
Select
Set Code
Job Set Description
Status
Freq Code
Freq Value
Start Time
Enabled
Critical
Last Run Dt
Next Run Dt
Parent
Dependency
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The code for batch job set.
The description for batch job set.
The job set status.
The frequency at which the job set is to be executed.
The value of the frequency code chosen for the job set.
The start time for the job set.
If selected, the job set is enabled.
If selected, this job set is critical.
The date of last run of the job set.
The next run date for job set.
The preceding job set.
The type of dependency on predecessor.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-9
To resubmit a batch job set: Whenever a batch job set fails, it is best to resubmit it after
correcting the errors that caused the failure. Resubmitting a set causes Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing to re-perform the batch job set and dependent batch jobs.
•
In the Batch Job Sets section, choose the batch job set to resubmit (only a batch job
set with a status of FAILED can be resubmitted), then choose Resubmit Job Set.
The Batch Jobs section lists the batch jobs within a job set. The status, threads, commit
count, dependencies, enabled indicator and the holiday and weekend runtime indicators
are shown for each job.
6
In the Batch Jobs section, select the record you want to work with and click Show in the
Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of batch job records.
7
5-10
In the Batch Jobs section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Seq
Job Type
Job Code
Status
Job Description
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The batch job sequence number.
The batch job request type.
The batch job request code.
The job status.
The batch job description.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Threads
Commit Count
Weekend
Holiday
Enabled
Parent
Dependency
Command
Rollback Segment
Errors Allowed
The number of threads used by the job.
The number of rows after which auto-commit is triggered.
If selected, it batch job will execute job on weekend.
If selected, it batch job will execute job on a holiday.
The job enabled indicator.
The preceding job.
The type of dependency on predecessor.
The command line for the job.
The rollback segment for job.
The number of errors allowed.
To resubmit a batch job: Whenever a batch job fails, it is best to resubmit it after correct-
ing the errors that caused the failure. Resubmitting a set will cause Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing to re-perform the batch job.
•
8
In the Batch Jobs section, choose the batch job to resubmit (only a batch job with a
status of FAILED can be resubmitted), then choose Resubmit Job Set.
The Batch Job Threads section displays the status of the individual threads. In the Batch
Job Threads section, select the batch job thread you want to view.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of batch job threads records.
9
In the Batch Job Threads section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Thread
Status
Errors
Records
Trace Level
Enabled
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The name of thread.
The status of thread.
The number of errors in the thread.
The number of records in the thread.
The SQL trace level (0, 1, 4, 8, 12).
The thread enabled indicator.
10 The Request Details section displays the status and the runtimes for each time the
selected job ran. In the Request Details section, select the record you want to work with
and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-11
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of request details records.
11 In the Request Details section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Request Type
Status
Start Dt
End Dt
Run Start Dt
Run End Dt
Process Dt
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The job request type.
The job request status.
The job request is valid from this date and time.
The job request is valid till this date.
The date and time on when the job run started.
The date and time at which the job run ended.
The transaction is posted with this General Ledger effective date.
The job request description.
Description
12 If a particular job requires that a result message be created, then that message appears in
the Job Results section. A message is usually created in the event of an error. In the Job
Results section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of job result records.
13 In the Job Result section, view the following information:
5-12
In this field:
View this:
Select
Request Result
Description
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The result of the job request.
The result details.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Monitor Jobs link (Monitor Details page)
The Monitor Jobs page provides another view of monitoring all system processes, including credit bureau requests and payment posting. This page displays the data in reverse
chronological order of the Run Start Date/Time, where as the Monitor Batch Jobs page
provides the historical data about each job and job set.
To view the Monitor Details page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Batch Jobs bar link.
3
In the Batch Jobs Setup link bar, click Monitor Jobs.
4
On the Job Details page Job Type section, select the type of jobs you want to view in the
Job Details section and view the following information:
If you select:
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays:
Batch
Back Ground
Batch jobs (used primarily for the nightly processes).
User submitted requests, such as reports and payment
posting.
Credit bureau requests.
Credit Request
5
In the View Last section, select the time frame of the contents of the Job Details section
and view the following information:
If you select:
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays:
1 Day
All the types of jobs selected in the Jobs Type section of
the last one-day.
All the types of jobs selected in the Jobs Type section of
the last two days.
2 Days
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-13
5 Days
All Days
All the types of jobs selected in the Jobs Type section of
the last five days.
All the types of jobs selected in the Jobs Type section.
6
If you select View Failed in the Failed section, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
displays the failed jobs on the type and time frame you have selected.
7
In the Job Details section, select the record you want to work with and click Show in the
Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of batch detail records.
8
5-14
On the Job Details page, view the following information about the jobs matching the contents of the Job Type, View Last, and Failed boxes:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Request Type
Status
Job Set
Job
Thread
Errors
Records
Run Start Date/Time
Run End Date/Time
Description
Process Dt
Valid Execution Period
Start Date/Time
End Date/Time
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The job request type.
The job request status.
The job set code.
The job description.
The job thread.
The number of errors.
The number of records processed by the job.
The job run start date time.
The job run end date time.
The job request description.
The job process date.
The job start date/time.
The job end date time.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Monitor Users link (Monitor page)
The Monitor Logins page allows you to view all users who have logged on to Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing, along with the log on time stamp and logout time
stamp. The information appears in reverse chronological order of the log on time stamp.
To monitor users who have logged on to Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Batch Jobs bar link.
3
In the Batch Jobs Setup link bar, click Monitor Users.
4
In the Monitor Users page’s User Logins section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of user login records.
5
In the User Logins section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
User Id
User Name
Details
Login Date and Time
Logout Date and Time
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The user id.
The user name.
The details.
The login date time for the user.
The logout date time for the user.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-15
Services link (Services page)
The Services page allows you to track and maintain Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing’s processing services, including credit bureaus, fax-in, and batch job scheduler.
The system administrator can start or stop the service on this page by using the command
buttons in the Action section.
To stop, start, or refresh a processing service
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Batch Jobs bar link.
3
In the Batch Jobs Setup link bar, click Services.
4
In the Services page’s Services section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of service records.
5
6
In the Services section, view the following information about Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing’s processing services:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Service
Company
Branch
Description
Status
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The service name.
The service company.
The service branch.
The service description.
The service status.
In the Action section, select the processing service you want to work with and choose one
of the following commands in the Action section.
If you choose:
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing:
Status
Refreshes (updates) the status of the service. The Service
page does not update the status in real time. You must
choose Status after choosing Start or Stop to perform that
command.
Starts the job service.
Stops the job service.
Start
Stop
5-16
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Log Files link > Data Server link (Batch Jobs page)
Various processes in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing create reports in different
log file with regards to what tasks they performed and what they encountered (for example, errors, failures, erroneous data, and so on.) The Database Server link lists and
describes all such log files within Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing on the database server.
To view a log file on the database server
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Batch Jobs bar link.
3
In the Batch Jobs Setup link bar, click the Log Files drop-down link, then click Database
Server.
4
In the Log Files on Database Server section, click List Files.
5
In the Batch Jobs page’s Log Files on Database Server section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of log file (database server)
records.
6
7
In the Log Files on Database Server section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
File Name
File Type
File Size
File Time
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The name of the file.
The type of the file.
The size of the file.
The time stamp of the file.
Click Show File.
A File Download - Security Warning dialog box appears with the question “Do you want
to save this file?”
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-17
5-18
8
On the File Download - Security Warning dialog box, click Save.
9
In the Save As dialog box, select where you want to save the file and click Save.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Log Files link > Application Server link (Batch Jobs page)
Various processes in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing create reports in different
log file with regards to what tasks they performed and what they encountered (for example, errors, failures, erroneous data, and so on.) The Database Server link lists and
describes all such log files within Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing on the application server.
To view a log file on the application server
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Batch Jobs bar link.
3
In the Batch Jobs Setup link bar, click the Log Files drop-down link, then click Application Server.
4
In the Log Files on Application Server section, click List Files.
5
In the Batch Jobs page’s Log Files on Application Server section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of log file (database server)
records.
6
7
In the Log Files on Application Server section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
File Name
File Type
File Size
File Time
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The name of the file.
The type of the file.
The size of the file.
The time stamp of the file.
Click Show File.
A File Download - Security Warning dialog box appears with the question “Do you want
to save this file?”
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5-19
5-20
8
On the File Download - Security Warning dialog box, click Save.
9
In the Save As dialog box, select where you want to save the file and click Save.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 6: PRODUCT SETUP
On the Setup Module window’s link bar, the Setup link opens pages that enable you to
configure the basic business guidelines necessary to support one or more products in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. This includes defining the types of collateral your
company supports, creating lending instruments, and determining what is included in
credit bureau reporting. Setting up the Products pages requires a thorough understanding
of the current rules of your business and must be completed before you can use Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
The Setup Module link bar sections contains the following:
Link:
Purpose:
Setup
Records data to support the loan products your
company offers
Loan
Allows you to set up the closed ended fixed and
variable rate loans your company offers.
This chapter explains how to set up the pages opened from the Setup Module link bar’s
Setup link, information common to loans:
•
•
•
•
Assets page
Scoring Parameters page
Index Rates page
Currency Exchange Rates page
Setup drop-down link
The Setup drop-down link opens pages to record data of the loan products supported by
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing and contains the following links: Assets, Scoring Parameters, Index Rates, and Currency Exchange Rates.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
6-1
Setup link > Assets link (Assets page)
The Assets page allows you to set up the asset types that can serve as an application’s collateral.
The information on the Assets page is used by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
to automatically display the appropriate collateral page (Vehicle, Home, or Other) on the
Application Entry window.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing recognizes the following four types of collateral:
Collateral Type
Description
Home collateral
Homes, manufactured housing, or any real estate collateral.
All vehicle types, such as cars, trucks, and motorcycles.
All other collateral types not defined as home, vehicle, or
unsecured; for example, household items such as water
heaters, televisions, and vacuums.
All unsecured lending instruments. (This collateral type
makes the collateral tabs on Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing forms unavailable.)
Vehicle collateral
Household goods and
other collateral
Unsecured collateral
The Asset Sub Type section allows you to further categorize an asset; for example, the
asset type VEHICLE might be categorized as CAR, TRUCK, or VAN.
The Attributes/Addons and Makes and Models sub pages continue to further detail the
asset both in description and value. For example, a VEHICLE asset might include addons
such as LEATHER SEATS and CRUISE CONTROL.
Note: Neither asset types nor asset sub types can be deleted. As they may have been used
in the past, the display and processing of that data is still dependent on the existing setup.
6-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up the assets
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Setup drop-down link, then click Assets.
4
In the Asset page’s Assets Type section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of asset type records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Asset Type section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
Note: There can be only one active entry, so use this section to define your organization at
its highest level.
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the asset type (required).
Enter the description for the asset. (This is the asset type
as it will appear throughout Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing) (required).
Select the collateral type (the general category that the
asset type falls within).
Note: There is no need to define an asset for UNSECURED COLLATERAL, as by definition there is no asset
on such loans (required).
Select the portfolio company to which the asset type
belongs. These are the companies within your organization that can make loans using this asset type. This may
be ALL or a specific company (required).
Asset Type
Description
Collateral Type
Company
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
6-3
Branch
Select the portfolio branch to which the asset type
belongs. This is the branch within the selected company
that can make loans using this asset type. This may be
ALL or a specific branch. This must be ALL if in the
Company field you selected ALL (required).
IMPORTANT: In selecting which asset type to use, Ora-
cle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing searches for a best
match using the following attributes:
1
2
Company
Branch
For this reason, Oracle Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each asset type where
ALL is the value in these fields.
Enabled
6
Select to enable the asset type and indicate that the asset
type is currently in use.
In the Asset Sub Type section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of asset sub type records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Asset Sub Type section, enter the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the asset sub type (required).
Select the description for the asset attribute/addon
(required)
Enter the type of property (required).
Select to enable the asset sub type.
Asset Sub Type
Description
Asset Property Type
Enabled
8
Click the Attributes/Addons sub tab and select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of asset sub type records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
In the Attributes/Addons section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
View the asset attribute or addon name for the selected
asset (required).
Select the description for the asset attribute/addon
(required).
Enter the default text to be copied or displayed when the
asset attributes and addons fields are completed on an
application for this asset (optional).
Attribute/Addon
Description
Default
6-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Enter the default monetary value to be copied or displayed when the asset attributes and addons fields are
completed on an application for this asset (required).
Select to enable the asset attribute and indicate that it is
available for this type of asset.
Value
Enabled
10 Click Save on the Assets page.
11 Click the Makes and Models sub tab.
12 On the Makes and Models sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of makes and models
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
13 In the Makes and Models section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Make
Model
Enter asset make (required).
Enter asset model (required).
Enter asset style type (optional).
Enter asset model year (optional).
Select to enable the asset make and model and indicate
that it is included on fields for this asset type.
Style
Model Year
Enabled
14 Click Save on the Assets page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
6-5
Setup link > Scoring Parameters link (Scoring Parameters page)
With the Scoring Parameters page, you can define the scoring parameters of a company’s
credit score card.
While Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing pricing scores apply to applications and
are based on information recorded during loan origination.
Credit Scoring
Parameters define the factors that can be used when scoring an application on during
underwriting and generating an initial decision on whether you wish to fund a loan. The
combination of the flexible definition of these parameters, along with the scoring set up on
the Scoring Models page, allows you to automate much of the initial decision process in
underwriting loans.
The Formula Definition section on the Scoring Parameters page allows you to build a
mathematical expression to express the scoring parameter, test its validity, and locate specific information with the resulting scoring parameters. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing calculates scoring parameters using application data, credit bureau information,
and applicant details.
6-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up the scoring parameters
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Setup drop-down link, then click Scoring
Parameters.
4
On the Scoring Parameters page’s Parameters section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of parameter records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Parameters section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the name of the scoring parameter. Oracle Financial
Services Software recommends entering a name that in
some way reflects how the parameter is used; for example, use FICO_SCORE instead of PARAMETER_1.
(required).
Enter a description of the parameter. Again, enter a name
that reflects how the parameter is used; for example, use
FICO SCORE and WEIGHTED FICO SCORE instead of
FICO SCORE NUMBER 1 and FICO SCORE NUMBER 2
(required).
Select the data type of the scoring parameter being
defined - this determines how Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing handles the values. (While DATE and
CHARACTER are available data types, generally only
NUMBER should be used when defining a scoring parameter (required).
Select the scoring type: CREDIT SCORING (required).
Select to enable and indicate that the scoring parameter is
available.
Parameter
Description
Data Type
Scoring Type
Enabled
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
6-7
The Formula Definition section allows you to define a mathematical expression of the
scoring parameter you want to define. The expression may consist of one or more
sequenced entries. All arithmetic rules apply to the formula definition. If errors exist in the
formula definition, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays an error message in
this section when you choose Show Expression.
6
In the Formula Definition section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of formula definitions
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Formula Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the sequence number (the order in which the formula definition variable will be assembled and evaluated) (required).
Enter a left bracket if you need to group part of your formula definition (optional).
Select the variable from a validated field based on the
user-defined table SCR_CRED_SUMMARY: SCORING
PARAMETERS (required).
Enter the constant value (optional).
Select the math operator to be used on the adjacent formula definition rows (required).
Enter a right bracket if you are grouping part of your formula definition (optional).
Select to enable the formula and indicate this it is
included when building a definition for the scoring
parameter.
Seq
(
Variable
Constant Value
Mathematical Operator
)
Enabled
8
In the Parameters section, click Show Expression.
The mathematical expression appears in the Formula Expression section (in sequential
order) in the Expression field.
9
6-8
Click Save on the Scoring Parameters page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Setup link > Index Rates link (Index Rates page)
The Index Rates page maintains your organization’s history of periodic changes in index
rates. It allows you to define index rates to support variable rate loan. The index rate
provides the base rate for a credit line where:
interest rate = index rate + margin rate.
The Index section displays the currently defined indexes on the Lookups page. You may
create additional user-defined lookup codes for this lookup type as needed.
Note: You cannot tie an index rate to a product rate.
You can also record any index rate change on the Index Rates page. During nightly batch
processing, all the loan accounts with that index type are included when posting the RATE
CHANGE transaction. After Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing processes the batch,
the interest rate of the loan account is changed. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
will use this new interest rate when computing all future interest calculations.
To set up Index Rates page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Setup drop-down link, then click Index Rates.
4
On the Index Rates page’s Index section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of index records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
6-9
5
In the Index section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the type of index (required).
Enter a short description of the index (required).
Enter the index description (required).
Select the Enabled check box to activate the index type.
Index Type
Short Description
Description
Enabled
The Index Details section allows you to define multiple index values using the Start Dt
and Rate fields.
Note: The history appears in descending order, with the most current record at the top.
6
In the Index Details section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of index details records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Index Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Start Dt
Rate
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the effective start date for the index rate (required).
Enter the new index rate effective from above mentioned
date as a percentage (required).
Note: For the FLAT RATE index there should be only one
entry with a Start Dt. = 01/01/1900 and a RATE =
0.0000.
Select the Enabled check box to activate the index rate
effective from start date mentioned above.
Enabled
8
Click Save on the Index Rates page.
Note: Variable rate loans functionality is not extended to pre-compute loans.
6-10
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Setup link > Currency Exchange Rates link (Currency Exchange Rates
page)
The Currency Exchange Rates page maintains currency exchange rates.
To set up the currency exchange rates
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Setup drop-down link, then click Currency
Exchange Rates.
4
On the Currency Exchange Rates page’s Currency Exchange Rates section, select the
record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of currency exchange rate
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Currency Exchange Rates section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the currency being exchanged (required).
Select the currency to be changed with (required).
Enter date and time of the exchange rate (required).
Enter the exchange rate (required).
Select the Enabled check box to activate the currency
exchange rate.
Currency
Currency Pair
Effective Date and Time
Rate
Enabled
6
Click Save on the Currency Exchange Rates page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
6-11
6-12
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 7: PRODUCT LOAN SETUP
On the Setup Module window’s link bar, the Loan link opens pages that allow you to set
up the closed ended loan products your company offers.
The Loan link contains the following links:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Products
Pricing
Edits
Cycles
Scoring
Contract
Fees
Compensation
Commission
Checklists
Org. Fees
Stipulations
Spreads
Letters
Promotions
Insurances
This chapter explains how to setup the pages associated with each one.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-1
Loan link > Products link (Loan Products page)
The Loan Product page defines the closed ended loan products your organization offers
(home loans, vehicle loans, unsecured loans, and so on). The Loan Product page is
enhanced to support Islamic loans along with the conventional loans.
A loan product is based on the following attributes:
•
•
•
The collateral type and sub type
The billing cycle
Whether the loan is paid directly or indirectly to the customer
The Product Definition section records details about the loan product, such as the description, collateral type and sub type, credit bureau reporting attributes, and billing cycle.
The Product Itemization section is used to define itemized entries for a loan product. This
information is used on the Itemization sub pages of the Application Entry and Application
windows.
7-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-3
To set up the loan product
7-4
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Product Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Products.
4
On the Loan Product page’s Product Definition section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of product records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Product Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the product code as defined by your organization
(in other words, how you want to differentiate the loan
products). For example, loan products can be differentiated according to asset (LOAN-HE for a home loan, or
LOAN-SG for a secured goods loan). The product code,
or name, is unique (required).
Description
Enter the description of the product; for example, LOAN
HE COLLATERAL, LOAN SECURED HOUSEHOLD
GOOD, LOAN UNSECURED. (This is the product
description as it appears throughout Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing) (required).
Start Dt
Enter the start date for the product (required).
End Dt
Enter the end date for the product (required).
Direct
Select if the product can be originated directly to customer. (In this case, the compliancy state is the state
listed in the customer’s current mailing address.)
-orClear if the product is an indirect lending product; that is,
payment is made to the producer. (In this case, the compliancy state is the state listed in the producer’s address.)
Flexible Repayment
Select if flexible repayment is allowed for the Product.
When you select this check box, the Flexible Repayment
Allowed box on the Funding window’s Contract link
Repayment sub page Repayment section is selected.
Note: On the Funding window’s Contract link Repayment sub page, you may only enter the desired repayment
schedule type in the Repayment section’s Type field if
the Flexible Repayment Allowed is selected.
Enabled
Select to activate the product.
Collateral Type
Select the collateral type for the product. This field identifies what type of collateral is associated with the loan
and assists Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing in
identifying the correct page(s) to display (required).
Collateral Sub Type
Select the collateral sub type for the product (required).
Credit Bureau Portfolio Type* Select the credit bureau portfolio type for the product
(required).
Credit Bureau Account Type* Select the account type for the product (required).
*Note: The Credit Bureau Portfolio Type and Credit
Bureau Account Type fields determine how the portfolio
is reported back to the credit bureaus (required).
Billing Cycle
Select the billing cycle for the product (required).
Category
Select the category as Standard for the conventional loan
product and Islamic for the islamic loan product. This
Product
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-5
Index Rounding
Reschedule Method
serves to group products for reporting purposes
(required).
Select the index rate rounding factor for the product.
Note: For more information, see Appendix C: Rounding
Amounts and Rate Attributes.
Select the rate change reschedule method for the variable
rate product.Select CHANGE PAYMENT if you want to
automatically recalculate the repayment amounts on the
interest rate change. Select UNDEFINED (the default
value) if you do not want to take any action on interest
rate change (optional).
Reschedule Value
Enter the value in percent (%) to decide the repayment
change. For example, if you enter 10, then the periodic
repayment amount will change only if the newly computed repayment amount is higher by 10% of the previous repayment amount. Enter 0 if you want to change
repayment amounts with every index rate change
(optional).
6
Click the Product Itemizations sub tab.
7
On the Product Itemization sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of product itemization
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Product Itemization sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the itemization type (required).
Enter the discount rate (optional).
Enter the sort order (required).
Select Pos (+) for a positive number.
-orSelect Neg (-) for a negative number.
Note: The Pos and Neg buttons determine whether the
values will increase or decrease the itemization total for
the loan based on the selected loan product. Together the
contents of the Product Itemization sub page, positive
and negative, add up to the loan amount.
Select to indicate that this product itemization is currently available.
Itemization
Disc. Rate
Sort
Sign
Enabled
9
Click Save on the Loan Products page.
10 Click the Rate Adjustments sub tab.
7-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11 On the Rate Adjustments sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of rate adjustments records.
•
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
12 On the Rate Adjustments sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the sequence number of the rate change adjustments. Consider 1 as the initial (first) rate change adjustment frequency. All subsequent frequencies will be
considered for rate change adjustments according to their
sequence number (required).
Select the frequency value for adjustments. Currently, the
following values are available in Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing:
Seq
Adjustment Frequency
RATE CHANGE OCCURS EVERY X YEARS
RATE CHANGE OCCURS EVERY X MONTHS
RATE CHANGE OCCURS EVERY X DAYS
RATE CHANGE OCCURS EVERY BILLING DATE
RATE CHANGE OCCURS EVERY DUE DATE
(required).
Period
Enter the period associated to adjustment frequency. For
example, if you select the adjustment frequency as RATE
CHANGE OCCURS EVERY X YEARS and enter 5, the rate
change occurs every five years (required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-7
# of Adjustments
Enabled
Enter the number of adjustments associated with the
adjustment frequency. For example, in above example, if
you enter the value as 2, then rate payment adjustment
occurs on the loan every five years and will happens 2
times before switching to the next adjustment frequency
(required).
Select to indicate that this rate adjustment is currently
available.
13 Click Save on the Loan Products page.
7-8
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Pricing link (Pricing page)
The Pricing page records pricing information related to your loan products. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses the information in the Loan Pricing Definition section to
identify the correct pricing for an application, depending upon the product and the specific
application parameters. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will always search for a
unique match.
When you choose the Select Pricing when making a decision on the Underwriting
window, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays the best match and completes
the Pricing and Approved sections. The information in the Approved section cite the minimum amounts for the loan, though the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing user can
edit these figures.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-9
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing determines the best match by looking at all
enabled loan pricing strings on the Pricing page that meet the following criteria:
•
Exactly match the application values for the Promotion and Billing Cycle fields.
•
Are less than or equal to the application values for the Term, Amount, Age, and Start
Date fields.
•
Match either the application value or ALL for all other criteria.
Exact matches for each field are given a higher weight than matches of ALL. The returned
rows are then ranked based on the weighted values and the hierarchical position of the
field (see above). They are then ranked by start date. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing recognizes the first row returned as the best match.
Note: You should set up a default pricing for each billing cycle and pricing that Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing can select to ensure error-free performance. Oracle
Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each edit type where
ALL is the value in the selection criteria fields listed above. If Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing cannot find a pricing match, it will display an error message.
Note: Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the bulk uploading of product
pricing setup data. This allows you to upload multiple setup data, avoid reentering setup
data, and more importantly, reduce data entry mistakes. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing currently supports uploading using a fixed-length format only, where each data is
at a pre-fixed position only. You can run batch jobs with the Set Code SET-BLK to upload
pricing and GL data.
7-10
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up the pricing
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Pricing.
4
On the Pricing page’s Loan Pricing Definition section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of product records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-11
5
In the Loan Pricing Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the code for the pricing string (required).
Enter the description for the pricing string (required).
Pricing*
Description*
* Together these two fields define the name of the loan pricing.
Start Dt
Enter the start date for this pricing string (required).
End Dt
Enter the end date for this pricing string (required).
Enabled
Select to enable the pricing string.
Result section
Note: You can create edits during implementation to note when amounts in applications
are outside the range of tolerance.
Maximum Amt
Max Term
Buy Rate
Index
Rate From
Rate To
Maturity
Maturity From
Maturity To
Profit Rate From
Profit Rate To
Enter the maximum amount financed for this rate pricing
string (required).
Enter the maximum term financed for this rate pricing
string (required).
Enter the buy rate (required).
Select the index type associated with this rate pricing
string (required).
Enter the minimum rate allowed for loans using this rate
pricing (required).
Enter the maximum rate allowed for loan using this variable rate pricing (required).
Select the maturity type associated with this variable rate
pricing string (required).
Enter the lowest maturity rate allowed for loans using
this variable rate pricing. Maturity rate is the rate to be
charged on the loan if it remains unpaid after its last term
has been billed (required).
Enter the maximum maturity rate allowed for loans using
this pricing (required).
Enter the minimum profit rate allowed for the loan using
this pricing (required).
Note: This field will be displayed only if you select the
category as the Islamic in the Loan Product page.
Enter the maximum profit rate allowed for the loan using
this pricing (required)
Note: This field will be displayed only if you select the
category as the Islamic in the Loan Product page.
The Selection Criteria section allows you to specify pricing at different levels and determine how Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing matches specific loan pricing to the
applicant’s loan request.
Selection Criteria section
Company
7-12
Select the portfolio company for this pricing. This may
be ALL or a specific company (required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Branch
Billing Cycle
Product
Asset Class
Asset Type
SubType
Asset Make
Asset Model
Age
State
Currency
Pro Group
Pro Type
Producer
Grade
Amt
Select the portfolio branch for this pricing. This may be
ALL or a specific branch. (This must be ALL if in the
Company field you selected ALL) (required).
Select the billing cycle for this pricing (required).
Select the product for this pricing. This may be ALL or a
specific product. The available values come from a validated field based on the selected billing cycle and the
loan product setup (required).
Select the asset class. This may be ALL or a specific asset
class. The available values come from a validated field
based on the collateral type. You may create additional
user-defined lookup codes for these lookup types as
needed (required).
Select the asset type. This may be ALL or a specific asset
type. The available values come from a validated field
based your assets setup (required).
Select the asset sub type. This may be ALL or a specific
asset sub type. The available values come from a validated field based your assets setup, and is linked to the
selected asset type (required).
Select the asset make. The available values come from a
validated field based your assets setup and is restricted
based on the selected Asset Type and Asset Sub Type.
For example, If ALL was selected for either Asset Type
or Asset Sub Type, then ALL will be the only available
selection for the asset make (required).
Select the asset model. The available values come from a
validated field based your assets setup, and is restricted
based on the selected Asset Type and Asset Sub Type. If
ALL was selected for either Asset Type or Asset Sub
Type, then ALL will be the only available selection for
the asset model (required).
Enter the asset age (the minimum age for the selected
pricing).
Note: If your entry in this field is based on the number of
years of age of the asset and not the actual year of make,
you must update this entry annually to ensure that the
proper pricing string is available (required).
Select the state for this pricing. This may be ALL or a
specific state (required).
Select the currency for this pricing (required).
Select the producer group for this pricing. This may be
ALL or a specific producer group (required).
Select the producer type for this pricing. This may be
ALL or a specific producer type (required).
Select the producer. This may be ALL or a specific producer. The available values come from a validated field
based on the product group and product type (required).
Select the credit grade for this pricing. This may be ALL
or a specific grade (required).
Enter the minimum amount financed for this pricing
string (required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-13
Term
Promotion
Subvention
Down Pmt
Asset Value
LTV
6
7-14
Enter the minimum loan term for this pricing (required).
Select the promotion applicable to this pricing string. The
available values come from a validated field based on the
promotions setup (required).
Select the subvention plan if pricing is specific for any
subvention plan (required).
Enter the down payment for the pricing (required).
Enter the asset value (required).
Enter the loan to value (required).
Click Save on the Pricing page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Edits link (Edits page)
Edits ensure your organization’s guidelines are properly followed and that all exceptions
are sent to the appropriate personnel to review.
To set up the edits
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Edits.
4
On the Edits page, choose Origination or Open Interface.
5
In the Edit Type Definition section, select the record you want to work with, then click
Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-15
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of edit type definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
In the Edit Type Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the edit name (required).
Enter the description for the edit (required).
Select the edit type code (required).
If Yes is selected, the entry is system defined. System
defined entries cannot be modified. If No is select, the
entry is not system defined and it can be modified.
Select to enable the edit.
Edit
Description
Edit Type
System Defined
Enabled
Selection Criteria section
Company
Branch
Product
State
Currency
7-16
Select the portfolio company associated with this edit.
This may be ALL or a specific company (required).
Select the portfolio branch within the company associated with this edit. This may be ALL or a specific branch.
This must be ALL if you selected ALL in the Company
field (required).
Select the product associated with this edit. This may be
ALL or a specific product (required).
Select the state with this edit. This may be ALL or a specific product (required).
Select the currency associated with this edit. This may be
ALL or a specific branch (required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7
In the Edit Sub Type Definition section, select the record you want to work with and click
Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of edit type definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Edit Sub Type Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the edit sub type for the edit (required).
Select the description for the edit (required).
Select the result type for the edit (required).
Select to enable the edit.
Enter the expected value for the first edit. The Value field
records the threshold value for the edit. The actual function of the entered value is dependent on the edit category
(required).
Select the responsibility that can override the edit, if the
edit result is an override. Designates the user responsibility level required to continue processing applications that
fail the edit based on the Value field. You may define the
same edit multiple times with a Result = OVERRIDE and
different Value and Override Responsibility combinations to encompass various results (required).
Edit Sub Type
Edit
Result
Enabled
Value
Override Responsibility
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-17
System Defined
9
If Yes is selected, the entry is system defined. System
defined entries cannot be modified. If No is select, the
entry is not system defined and it can be modified.
Click Save on the Edits page.
You can configure your Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system so that during
the loan origination process, at each change to an application’s status, Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing will perform a set of edits on the Verification link’s Edits page
(found on the Application Entry, Underwriting, and Funding windows).
7-18
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Edits ensure your organization’s guidelines are properly followed and that all exceptions
are sent to the appropriate personnel to review. If the edits check fails, Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing will not allow the status to change, and the application will remain in
its current status. The Edit Type Definition page allows you to define the validations Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing performs on the Verification master tab as an application moves from one status to another.
Origination edits are used to validate applications entered through the standard Application Entry and Applications windows. The Edits page contains two sections, the Edit Type
Definition section and the Edit Sub Type Definition section.
Using the Edit Type field of the Edit Type Definition section, you can define when
you want the edits check to occur by selecting from the following list of edit types:
Edit type:
Description:
APP ENTRY EDITS
Edits that normally run on Application Entry form.
APP PRESCREENING EDITS
Edits that run between application entry and the pulling
of a credit bureau. These edits determine whether the
application should be reviewed further, and whether a
credit bureau should be pulled.
Edits that run to check whether the minimum details
which are required to prequalify the application are satisfied or not.
PRE QUALIFY EDITS
APP AUTOMATIC
Edits that run after a credit bureau has been pulled and
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-19
APPROVAL EDITS
scored. These edits determine whether an application
should be automatically approved or declined.
APP APPROVAL EDITS
Edits that run whenever an application is manually
changed to a status/sub status that indicates the application (in its current state) should be approved.
APP DECLINE EDITS
Edits that run whenever an application is manually
changed to a status/sub status that indicates the application (in its current state) should be declined.
APP CONTRACT EDITS
Edits that run whenever an APPROVED or CONDITIONED-APPROVED application is about to be funded.
These edits ensure the validity of the contract data.
Each entry in the Edit Sub Type field is grouped into the following categories:
Origination edit sub types:
ORIGINATION APPLICANT
EDITS
Edits that pertain to data entered for an applicant on an
application.
ORIGINATION APPLICATION
EDITS
Edits that pertain to data entered for the requested loan.
ORIGINATION ASSET EDITS
Edits that pertain to data entered for asset entered on the
application.
ORIGINATION CONTRACT
EDITS
Edits that pertain to data entered for the contract on the
application.
ORIGINATION CREDIT
BUREAU EDITS
Edits that pertain to data gathered from the credit bureau
reports for the applicants on the application.
ORIGINATION DECISION
EDITS
Edits that pertain to data required to make a decision
on the application.
Each entry in the Edit Sub Type field can be set up with more than one entry in the
Description field. The purpose of specific edits fall into the following types:
Description starts with:
(Edit Category) Description of Edit Category:
CHD:
(RECORD POPULATION EDITS) Check for the existence
of an entire data record.
DUPLICATE:
(DUPLICATION EDITS) Check for duplication of existing
data.
RANGE:
(VALUE RANGE/TOLERANCE EDITS) Check to determine whether data entered for a specific data field is
within the specific tolerance.
REQUIRED:
(REQUIRED FIELD EDITS) Check to determine whether a
specific data field has been populated within a data
record.
FLK:
(LOOKUP VALUE EDIT) Check API entered data against
the existence of that value in the related lookup types
lookup codes.
7-20
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
XVL:
(CROSS VALIDATION EDIT) Check to determine whether
specific field, or set of fields, value corresponds to a
value obtained by calculating them from another field or
set of fields (for example, Total Payments = Terms *
Standard payment amount).
An Edits check can produce one of three results: an ERROR, a WARNING, or an OVERRIDE.
Edit type:
Results:
ERROR
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will prevent
you from proceeding when an edits check fails. The only
option in this case is to change the source data. The application will revert to its previous status/sub status. The
user will be directed to correct the specific error. Until
the edits that return an ERROR value are addressed, the
user cannot continue processing the application.
WARNING
When an edits check fails in these cases, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows the process to continue. Warnings serve as informational messages and can
be ignored. The user will be notified that an edit failed,
but the failure need not stop the current processing of the
application. The user can either ignore the error, or have
the application revert to its previous status/sub status and
address the error before processing the application further.
OVERRIDE
The edit check has failed; however, Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing allows users with the responsibility
specified in the Override Responsibility field to continue.
Multiple override levels can be setup depending upon the
resulting value of the edit. If the user has override
responsibility, the application will process as if the edit
had not failed. If the user does not have override responsibility, the application will revert to its previous status/
sub status and the sub status changes to OVERRIDE
REQUIRED. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
will direct the application to a user with the authority to
process the application. (See the Queues chapter for more
information).
Note: Do not set the Result field to Override for credit application edits.
Interfacing Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing with Oracle Rule Author
Oracle Business Rules is a component of Oracle Application Server that enables applications to rapidly adapt to regulatory and competitive pressures. This increased agility is
possible due to the adoption of Oracle Rule author wherein a lending Institution can create
or change a business rule without having to indulge in coding and also without stopping
the business process. Also, externalizing business rules allows to manage business rules
directly, without involving programmers. It provides best of breed solutions that would
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-21
help in configuring the rules very quickly by a business analyst or user with some insight
on the database.
7-22
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Cycles link (Cycles page)
The Cycles page allows you to define the loan origination workflow process of your organization. As you delineate the steps in the origination process, you will also define:
•
•
The user responsibilities that have access to perform the steps
Any edits you want Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to perform between
changes in status/sub status.
The following diagram displays the general concept of workflow:
Cycle code definitions drive the loan application cycle. The following pairs of status/sub
status define status/sub statuses that have system defined meanings and should be included
in your origination workflow, if they are not already included.
After entering the basis details of the applicant, the user can check whether the application
pre-qualifies or not. If the pre-qualified edits are satisfied, the status is changed to NEWPREQUALIFY APPROVED and the user can modfiy or update any further details in the
Application Entry screen. If the edits are not satisfied, the application will be pushed to the
REJECTED APPLICATIONS queue with a status update to REJECTED-PREQUALIFY REJECTED. The user can also view the rejected prequalification in the Underwriting window.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-23
Note: The Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing status and sub status lists are predefined and cannot be changed by the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing administrator. If you require additional sub status codes please contact Oracle Financial Services
Software to determine whether they can be added.
Status/Sub status:
Description:
NEW-BLANK
This is the status/sub status of applications during data entry.
Applications remain NEW-BLANK until you choose the Next
Application on the Application Entry form and Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing successfully performs the application edits check.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing is processing the prescreen edits to determine whether a credit report should be pulled
for this application.
NEW-PRESCREEN
Applications in this status/sub status have passed the prescreen
APPROVED
edits. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will now request
a credit bureau pull.
NEWOracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing checks the applicant
PREQUALIFICATION details whether it is qualified or not.
NEW-PRESCREEN
7-24
NEWPREQUALIFY
APPROVED
If the pre-qualified edits are satisfied, the status is changed to
NEW-PREQUALIFY APPROVED and the user can modfiy or
update any further details in the Application Entry screen.
REJECTEDPREQUALFY
REJECTED
If the edits are not satisfied, the application will be pushed to the
REJECTED APPLICATIONS queue with a status update to
REJECTED-PREQUALIFY REJECTED.
REJECTEDPRESCREEN
REJECTED
Applications in this status/sub status failed the prescreen edits.
These applications will receive no further processing. The
producer will be sent a decision fax and the consumer will receive
an adverse action letter.
NEW- REVIEW
REQUIRED
Either based on the scoring of the application’s credit bureau(s)
pull, or the fact that a credit bureau report was not successfully
obtained, the application needs to be reviewed by an underwriter.
NEW- RECOMMEND
APPROVAL
Based on the scoring of the application’s credit bureau(s) pull, the
application should be reviewed by an underwriter. However,
based on the current setup, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing recommends approving this application.
NEW- RECOMMEND
REJECTION
Based on the scoring of the application’s credit bureau(s) pull, the
application should be reviewed by an underwriter. However,
based on the current setup, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing recommends rejecting this application.
APPROVED-AUTO
APPROVED
Based on the scoring of the application’s credit bureau(s) pull,
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing automatically
approved the application. The producer will be sent a decision
fax, and the application will be passed to funding.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
REJECTED-AUTO
REJECTED
Based on the scoring of the application’s credit bureau(s) pull,
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing automatically rejected
the application. The producer will be sent a decision fax and the
consumer will receive an adverse action letter.
APPROVED-BLANK
Application has been manually approved. Normally this occurs
when an application is in the NEW- RECOMMEND APPROVAL,
NEW- RECOMMEND APPROVAL status/sub status, or less often
in the NEW- RECOMMEND REJECTION status/sub status. Any
cycle code definition with next values of APPROVED-BLANK
should have a lookup value of APP APPROVAL EDITS to ensure
that all of the required data has been gathered in making the decision to approve the application (unless the application is currently
in a status/sub status that assures the APP APPROVAL EDITS have
been run).
NEW-OVERRIDE
REQUIRED
A user without sufficient override authority attempted to
approve an application, which, based on setup, required a higher
over-ride authority to approve.
APPROVEDVERIFYING
A user placed the application in this status to indicate the
contract has been received from the producer.
APPROVED-FINAL
DOCUMENT CHECK
The contract has been reviewed and the data is correct. Normally
this occurs when an application is in APPROVED-FINAL DOCUMENT CHECK OR CONDITIONED-FINAL DOCUMENT CHECK
status/sub status. Any cycle code definition with next values of
APPROVED-FINAL DOCUMENT CHECK or CONDITIONEDFINAL DOCUMENT CHECK should have a value of APP CONTRACT EDITS to ensure that all of the required data has been
gathered in making the decision to approve the application,
unless the application is currently in a status/sub status that
assures the APP CONTRACT EDITS have run.
APPROVED-VERIFIED The application has been processed and is awaiting funding.
APPROVED-FUNDED
The application has been funded, and a check requisition has
been created. If Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing’s Customer Service form is being used, then an account is also created
at this time.
REJECTED-BLANK
The application for whatever reason is being manually rejected
regardless of its current status/sub status. Any cycle code definition with Next values of REJECTED-BLANK should have a
lookup value of APP DECLINE EDITS to ensure that all of the
required data has been gathered in making the decision to
approve the application (unless the application is currently in a
status/sub status that assures the APP DECLINE EDITS have run).
WITHDRAWN-BLANK The applicants have indicated that they are no longer pursuing
this loan.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-25
CONDITIONED-<ANY> These status/sub status pairs are analogous to the corresponding
APPROVED-<ANY> pair and indicate that the application has had
additional conditions placed on its approval.
7-26
<ANY><ANY OVERRIDE>
These OVERRIDE sub statuses indicate that the application
requires OVERRIDE approval. The meaning of the sub status is
analogous to the corresponding OVERRIDE sub status, and may
require that specific EDITS run before proceeding.
<ANY>-AGED
APPLICATION
These applications have been decisioned but no contract has been
received after a period of time determined by setup. If not acted
on, these applications will become VOID.
<ANY>-AGED
CONTRACT
Contracts have been received after a period of time determined by
setup. If not acted on these applications will become VOID.
<ANY>-VOID
Indicate application previously had a sub status of AGED CONTRACT or AGED APPLICATION. These applications have not
been completed and were made VOID after another period of
time had passed.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Using these status and sub status, let us reexamine the early workflow diagram in this section.
Note: It is extremely important that the APP CONTRACT EDITS run prior to an application
being funded. All cycle code definitions should be reviewed to ensure that there are no
paths through the origination cycle that bypass this EDIT type.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-27
To set up the cycles
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Setup Module link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Cycles.
4
In the Cycle page’s Cycle Definition section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of cycle definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Cycle Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the cycle name (required).
Select the cycle type (required).
Select the product for the cycle (required).
Cycle
Type
Product
An application’s status/sub status determines where in the Origination process the application currently is, and what actions are needed to allow the application to continue through
the process.
6
In the Cycle Code Definition section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of cycle code definition
records.
7-28
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7
In the Cycle Code Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the current code (status) to transition FROM (current status of the application) (required).
Select the current sub code (sub status) to transition
FROM (current sub status of the application) (required).
Select the current code (status) to transition TO (status
the application can be assigned to based on the current
status/sub status) (required).
Select the sub code (sub status) to transition TO (sub status the application can be assigned to based on the current status/sub status) (required).
Select the edit type to verify when the transition occurs
(If the edit set fails the status/sub status of the application
will remain as it is. If the edit set requires an OVERRIDE,
the status of the application will remain as it is, but the
sub status will be changed to OVERRIDE REQUIRED)
Along with each combination of Current Code/ Current
Sub Code and Next Code/Next Sub Code, an edit can be
associated with the step. This ensures that Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing performs the set of checks
before the next status/sub status is assigned. (required).
Current Code
Current Sub Code
Next Code
Next Sub Code
Edit Type Cd
8
In the Cycle Code Responsibility Definition section, select the record you want to work
with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of cycle code responsibility
definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
In the Cycle Code Responsibility Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following
information to define the user groups that are provided or denied access to perform the
step:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the responsibility that can change a status/sub status change. (There can be more than one responsibility
for each code.) (required).
If selected, the responsibility is allowed to change to the
next status/sub status.
Responsibility Code
Allowed
10 Click Save on the Cycles page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-29
Loan link > Scoring link (Scoring page)
The Scoring page allows you to setup individual and multiple scoring models. You can
define different scoring models by company, branch and product. Scoring models are used
to automate the decisioning process during underwriting and grade applications.
When you complete the Application Entry process, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing determines which scoring model to use by finding a best match. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing searches the Company, Branch, and Product fields of all
enabled scoring models that contain either the exact value on the application or ALL.
(Exact matches for each field are given a higher weight than matches to ALL.) Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing then ranks the returned matches in descending order
based on the weighted values and the hierarchical position of the field, then by Start Date.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing recognizes the first row returned as the best
match. This scoring model information is then used to determine the next status and sub
status of the application.
If you use a standard bureau score as a scoring model, you can set up Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing to use the adverse action reasons provided by the standard bureau
score on the Stipulations sub page.
To set up the scoring
7-30
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Scoring.
4
Click the Scoring Models tab.
5
On the Scoring Models page, select the record you want to work with and click Show in
the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of scoring model records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
On the Scoring Models page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the code for the scoring model (required).
Enter a description of the scoring model (required).
Enter the start date for the scoring model (required).
Enter the end date for the scoring model (required).
Select to enable the scoring model.
Model
Description
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
Results section
Max Score
Enter the maximum score allowed. (This is normally the
sum of the Max Value fields within the scoring parameters.) (required).
Selection Criteria section
Company
Branch
Product
Currency
Select the company for the scoring model. This may be
ALL or a specific company (required).
Select branch within the company for the scoring model.
This may be ALL or a specific branch. This must be ALL
if in the Company field you selected ALL) (required).
Select the product for the scoring model. This may be
ALL or a specific product (required).
Select the currency for the scoring model. This may be
ALL or a specific currency (required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-31
Bureau Score Reasons
Auto Decision
7
Select to use the score reasons supplied by the credit
bureau. If not selected, automatically rejected applications scored using this scoring model display the Adverse
Action Reasons from the Parameters sub page.
Select to assign an application a status/sub status based
on the grade associated with the score returned for this
scoring model. If not selected, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing assigns applications scored using this
scoring model a status/sub status of NEW-REVIEW
REQUIRED.
Click Save on the Scoring page.
Loan link > Scoring link > Scoring Models page > Parameters sub page
The Parameters sub page records the parameters used to determine the score calculated by
the scoring model. You can define multiple parameters and adverse action reason associated with each parameter in a scoring model. Each scoring parameter can have maximum
values set. The score range is based upon the information in the Range Definition section
on the Parameters sub page.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing calculates a final score by adding the score for
each parameter in the scoring model. A parameter weighted value is used to find the four
adverse action reasons, if bureau reasons are not used.
Note: A character parameter range definition should contain the exact value of the parameter.
Note: Each scoring parameter should have range definitions defined that encompass all of
the values that might result.
1
Click the Parameters sub tab.
2
In the Parameters section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of parameters records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
3
On the Parameters section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the parameter from the field (required).
Enter the maximum value allowed for the selected
parameter (required).
Select the adverse action reason from the field. (If, on the
Scoring Models page, the Bureau Screen box is selected
for the scoring model, you cannot update this field)
(optional).
Enter the adverse action weighted value. This indicates
the priority of this parameter when determining which
adverse action reasons to use on the application. The top
Parameter
Max Value
Adverse Action Reason
Weighted Value
7-32
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
ten adverse action reasons based on the weighted value of
the parameter will be populated (required).
Select to enable the parameter.
Enabled
The Range Definition section allows you to translate the calculated value for a scoring
parameter into the value to be used, depending on the returned value of the parameter.
4
In the Range Definition section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of range definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Range Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the lowest calculated value to apply the specific
translation. The ceiling of the range definition is based on
the range definition with the next highest Value From or
the Max Value of the scoring parameter (whichever is
less) (required).
Choose one of the following options to determine how
values for a scoring parameters are translated:
If you choose,% Max Value, then calculated values
within the range definition receives a value based on a
percentage of the Max Value of the scoring parameter.
If you choose,% Param, then calculated values within
the range definition receives a value based on a percentage of the calculated value of the scoring parameter.
If you choose Value, then calculated values with in the
range definition receives a specific value.
Enter the percent or value to be used in the translation of
the calculated value of the scoring parameter.
Select and Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will
consider this range definition when translating values for
this scoring parameter.
Value From
Value From
Percent / Value
Enabled
6
Click Save on the Scoring page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-33
Loan link > Scoring link > Scoring Models page > Grades sub page
The Grades sub page allows you to define how Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
translates the scoring model scores into your organization’s grade. Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing uses these grades in the auto-decisioning process. Each grade has a
specific status/sub status that informs Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing what to
do with the application of a particular grade as it continues through the origination cycle.
Note: Each scoring model should have grade definitions defined that encompass all of the
values that might result.
1
Click the Grades sub tab.
2
In the Grade sub page’s Grade Definition section, select the record you want to work
with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of grade records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
3
In the Grade Definition section, enter, view, or enter the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the score the application receives (required).
Select the grade to assign to an application (required).
Select the status to assign to applications with a score
starting with the value of this grade definition (required).
Select the sub status to assign to applications with a score
starting with the value of this grade definition.
Credit scoring only allows for only the following status/
sub status pairs:
Score
Credit Grade
Application Status
Sub Status
APPROVED - AUTO APPROVED
REJECTED - AUTO REJECTED
NEW - REVIEW REQUIRED
NEW - RECOMMEND APPROVAL
NEW - RECOMMEND REJECTION
Enabled
4
7-34
(required).
Select to indicate that this grade definition will be considered when grading an application using this scoring
model.
Click Save on the Scoring page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Contract link (Contract page)
The Contract page allows you to define the loan instruments used within your Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system. A loan instrument is a contract used by a financial organization with specific rules tied to it. When processing an application, an instrument associated with the application informs Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing of
the type of contract being used for the approved loan. This ensures that all parameters tied
to the instrument are setup for the account as it is booked - without requiring you to do it.
Instruments can be setup at different levels:
•
•
•
•
•
Company
Branch
Product
Application state
Currency
The following groups of parameters are setup at the instrument level (Each has its own
section on the Contract page):
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Accrual
Rebate
Other
Billing
Extension
Advance details
Scheduled dues
Delinquency
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-35
Items defined in the contract are “locked in” when you choose Select Instrument on the
Funding form’s Contract link.
The Contract page’s Instrument and Description fields allow you to enter the financial
instrument’s name and description, for example; INS-LOAN: VEHICLE.
To set up the contract
7-36
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Contract.
4
On the Contract page’s Contract Definition section, select the record you want to work
with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of contract records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
On the Contract Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Contract Definition section
Select
Instrument
Description
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the code identifying the loan instrument (required).
Enter the description of the loan instrument being
defined.
Enter the start date for the loan instrument (required).
Enter the end date for the loan instrument (required).
Select box and Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
will consider this contract definition when selecting a
loan instrument for an application.
Selection Criteria section
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-37
Company
Branch
Billing Cycle
Product
State
Currency
Select the company for the loan instrument. This may be
ALL or a specific company (required).
Select the branch within the company for the loan instrument. This may be ALL or a specific branch. This must
be ALL if in the Company field you selected ALL)
(required).
Select the billing cycle selected (required).
Select the product for the loan instrument. This may be
ALL or a specific product (required).
Select the state in which the loan instrument is used. This
may be ALL or a specific state (required).
Select the currency for the loan instrument.
IMPORTANT: In selecting which loan type to use, Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing searches for a best
match using the following attributes:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Billing Cycle
Start Date
Company
Branch
Product
State
For this reason, Oracle Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each loan type where
ALL is the value in these fields.
Pricing
Select the pricing in which the loan instrument is used.
This may be ALL or a specific pricing (required).
Accrual section
Accrual Method
Base Method
Start Dt Basis
Start Days
Time Counting Mthd
Installment Method
7-38
Select the accrual base method used to calculate interest
accrual for this loan instrument (required).
Select the base method accrual calculation method used
to calculate interest accrual for this loan instrument
(required).
Select to define the start date from when the interest
accrual is to be calculated for this loan instrument
(required).
Note:
If you select the Effective Date, then the interest is calculated from the Contract date.
If you select the Payment Date, then the interest is calculated based on (first payment date minus one billing
cycle).
Enter the number of days for which the interest accrual
for loans is to be calculated (required).
Select the time counting method used to calculate interest
accrual for this loan instrument (required).
Select the payment installment method (required).
Note: Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports
an amortized repayment schedule with the final payment
potentially differing from the regular payment amount in
the other billing cycles. You may choose:
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
•
Whether the equal installments for each billing cycle
includes any minute final payment differences
(EQUAL PAYMENTS)
-or• If the final payment amount may be slightly different
(FINAL PAYMENT DIFFERS).
Select the interest amortization frequency (required).
Int Amortization Freq
Rebate section
If selected, indicates that this is a precomputed rebate
(required).
Rebate Mthd
Select the rebate calculation method (required).
Rebate Term Mthd
Select the rebate term method (required).
Rebate Min Fin Charge Mthd Select the rebate minimum finance charge calculation
method (required).
Min Finance Charge Value
Enter the minimum finance charge value (required).
Acquisition Charge Amt
Enter the acquisition charge amount (required).
Pre Compute
Scheduled Dues section
Due Day Min
Due Day Max
Max Due Day Chg / Yr
Max Due Day Chg / Life
Max Due Day Change Days
Pmt Tolerance Amt*
Pmt Tolerance%*
Enter the minimum value allowed for the due day for this
loan instrument (required).
Enter the maximum value allowed for the due day for this
loan instrument (required).
Enter the maximum number of due day changes allowed
within a given year this loan instrument (required).
Enter the maximum number of due day changes allowed
over the life of a loan funded with this loan instrument
(required).
Enter the maximum number of days a due date can be
moved (required).
Enter the payment tolerance amount. This is the threshold
amount that must be achieved before a due amount is
considered PAID or DELINQUENT. If (Payment
Received + Pmt Tolerance: $Value) >= Standard Monthly
Payment, the Due Date will be considered satisfied in
terms of delinquency. The amount unpaid is still owed
(required).
Enter the payment tolerance percentage. This is the
threshold percentage that must be achieved before a due
amount is considered PAID or DELINQUENT. If Payment
Received >= (Standard Monthly Payment * Pmt Tolerance% / 100), the due date will be considered satisfied in
terms of delinquency. The amount unpaid is still owed
(required).
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses the lesser
of these two values.
Billing section
Prebill Days
Enter the prebill days. This is the number of days before
the first payment is due that accounts funded with this
loan instrument will be billed for the first payment.
Thereafter, the accounts will be billed on the same day
every month. If an account has a first payment date of 10/
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-39
Billing Type
Bill Method
Balloon Method
25/2003 and Pre Bill Days is 21, then the account will
bill on 10/04/2003, and then bill on the 4th of every
month (required).
Select the billing type for accounts funded using this loan
instrument (required).
Select the billing method for accounts funded using this
loan instrument (required).
Select the balloon payment method for accounts funded
using this loan instrument (required).
Delinquency section
Late Charge Grace Days
Delq Grace Days
Delq Category Method
Accrual Post Maturity
Enter the number of grace days allowed for the payment
of a due date before a late charge is assessed on the
account (required).
Enter the number of grace days allowed for the payment
of a due date before an account is considered delinquent.
This affects DELQ Queues, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing reporting, and the generation of collection
letters (required).
Select the delinquency category method to determine the
how Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing populates
delinquency counters on the Customer Service form.
Note: This value does not affect credit bureau reporting
(required).
If selected, indicates that this is the post maturity default
rate.
Extensions allow you to extend the maturity of the contract by one or more terms by
allowing the customer to skip one or more payments. The skipped terms are added to the
end of the contract.
Extension section
Max Extn Period / Yr
Max Extn Period / Life
Max # of Extn / Yr
Max # of Extn / Life
Enter the maximum number of terms that the contract
may be extended within a given rolling calendar year
(required).
Enter the maximum number of terms that the contract
may be extended within the life of the loan (required).
Enter the maximum number of extensions that may be
granted within a given rolling calendar year (required).
Enter the maximum number of extensions that may be
granted within the life of the loan (required).
Advance Details section
Multi Disbursements AllowedSelect if this loan contract allows disbursement of
funds to customers through multiple advances or draws
up to the approved loan amount within a specified “draw
period.” If you select the Multiple Disbursements Permitted box, complete the Advance Details section on the
Contract section. (For more information, see the Stages
Funding section in this chapter.)
Min Initial Advance
Enter the minimum initial advance amount allowed. This
is the smallest possible initial advance that can be disbursed to the borrower after funding (required).
7-40
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Enter the maximum initial advance amount allowed. This
is the largest possible initial advance that can be disbursed to the borrower after funding (required).
Late Charge Allowed
Select to allow disbursement period late charge.
Min Advance
Enter the minimum advance amount. This is the smallest
advance amount that a borrower may subsequently
request after the initial advance (required).
Max Advance
Enter the maximum advance amount. This is the largest
advance amount that a borrower may subsequently
request after the initial advance (required).
Billing Allowed
Select to allow stage funding with draw period billing.
Draw Period Billing Method Select the method for billing during the draw period
(optional).
Reschedule Ind
Select this check box to indicate that the rescheduling is
allowed at the draw period.
.
Max Initial Advance
Rate Cap & Adjustments section
Max Rate Increase / Yr
Enter the maximum rate increase allowed in a year
(required).
Max Rate Increase / Life
Enter the maximum rate increase allowed in the life of
the loan (required).
Max Rate Decrease / Yr
Enter the maximum rate decrease allowed in a year
(required).
Max Rate Decrease / Life
Enter the maximum rate decrease allowed during the life
of the loan (required).
Max # Adjustments / Yr
Enter the maximum number of rate changes allowed in a
year (required).
Max # Adjustments / Life
Enter the maximum number of rate changes allowed during the life of the loan (required).
Min Interest Rate (Floor)
Enter the minimum rate (required).
Max Interest Rate (Ceiling)
Enter the maximum rate (required).
Payment Caps section
Enter the maximum payment increase allowed in a year
(required).
Note: This field is applicable only for loans.
Enter the maximum payment increase allowed in the life
of the loan (required).
Note: This field is applicable only for loans.
Max Pmt Increase / Yr
Max Pmt Increase / Life
Other section
1st Pmt Deduction Allowed
1st Pmt Refund Allowed
1st Pmt Deduction Days
Select to indicate that the first payment for fixed rate
loans using this loan instrument may be deducted from
the producer's proceeds.
Select to indicate that refunding first payment deductions
to the producer is allowed.
Enter the first payment deduction days. If the first payment for fixed rate loans using this loan instrument is less
than this number of days from funding, the first payment
will be deducted from the producer’s proceeds if 1st Pmt
Deduction (required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-41
1st Pmt Refund Days
Refund Allowed
Refund Tolerance Amt
Anniversary Period
WriteOff Tolerance Amt
Pre-Pmt Penalty Allowed
% of Term for Penalty
Recourse Allowed
Max Recourse%
Payoff Fee Allowed
Escrow Allowed
Repmt Currency
PDC Security Check
Default Pmt Spread
Calendar Method
7-42
Enter the first payment refund days. If the first payment
for fixed rate loans using this loan instrument is received
within this number of days from the first payment date,
the first payment deduction will be refunded to the producer if 1st Pmt Refund (required).
Select to indicate that refunding of customer over payments are allowed.
Enter the refund tolerance amount. If the amount owed to
the customer is greater than the refund tolerance, the over
payment amount will be refunded if Refund Allowed box
is selected (required).
Enter the anniversary term that define the anniversary
period. This is based on billing cycle, so normally for
MONTHLY the value is 12 and for WEEKLY the value is
52 (required).
Enter the write off tolerance amount. If the remaining
outstanding receivables for accounts funded using this
loan instrument is less or equal to the write off tolerance
amount, the remaining balance on the account will be
waived (required).
Select box if there is a prepayment penalty charged for
accounts funded using this loan instrument.
Enter percentage of term for prepayment penalty. If the
(remaining terms / total terms) expressed as a percentage
exceeds this amount, a prepayment penalty will be
assessed if the Pre-Pmt Penalty box was selected
(required).
Select box if recourse is allowed. This indicates whether
the unpaid balance may be collected from the producer if
the consumer fails to perform on the loan.
Enter the maximum percentage of the outstanding receivables that may be collected from the producer if the
Recourse Allowed box was selected (required).
Select Payoff Fee to allow for a payoff quote fee to be
assessed to the account attached to this contract.
Note: This will require you to set up a payoff fee at the
contract (Fees sub page) or state (Fee page) level. For
more information, see the following Contract page
(Loan)’s Fees sub page or Fee page (Loan) sections in
this chapter.
Select if this loan contract can do escrow of tax and
insurances. (For more information, see the Escrow
Setup Form chapter.)
Select the designated repayment currency for this loan
contract (required).
Select to indicate that post dated checks are the method
of repayment for this contract.
Select the default payment spread to be used when
receiving payments for this account if one is not explicitly chosen (required).
Select the required calendar method for this loan contract
(required). The calendar method "Hijri" should be
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
ACH Fee
6
selected, if the product category is selected as Standard in
the Loan Products page. For "Islamic" product category,
the calendar method can be either Gregorian or Hijri.
Select this checkbox to indicate that direct debit fee is
included.
Note: The ACH Fee/Direct Debit Fee balance will be displayed in Balances sub tab only when this checkbox is
selected.
Click Save on the Contract page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-43
Staged Funding
Staged funding for closed-end loans allows you to disburse funds to customers through
multiple advances or draws up to the approved loan amount within a specified “draw
period.”
To create a multiple disbursement contract for a loan transaction
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Contract.
4
On the Contract page’s Contract Definition section, select the record you want to work
with and click Show in the Details column.
5
In the Contract Definition section, click Add and complete the fields following the
instructions above, making sure to complete the following steps:
•
In the Other section, select the Multiple Disbursement Permitted check box.
When you select a contract instrument that permits staged funding (multiple disbursements) on the Funding window, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing copies the
information for that instrument from the Setup Module window’s Contract page to the
Funding window’s Contract link Contract page.
7-44
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: You cannot clear the Multi Disbursement Allowed box in the Advance section on
the Contract page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-45
•
7-46
Complete the fields in the Advance Details section to define the limits for initial and subsequent advances for staged funding.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: This information appears in the Advance section of the Funding window’s Contract
link.
If you choose, set the following APPLICATION CONTRACT EDITS as an ERROR or
WARNING on the Setup Module window’s Edits page. Note: For more information, see
the Edits link (Edits page) section in this chapter.
1) REQUIRED: ADV DRAW END DATE
2) XVL: ADV DRAW END DT MUST BE AFTER CONTRACT DT
3) XVL: ADV DRAW END DT MUST BE LESS THAN FIRST PMT DT - PREBILL DAYS
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-47
These edits appear on the Funding window’s Verification link (Edits page).
Repayment scheduling for staged funding
When funding a loan, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing computes repayment
schedules from the contract date, irrespective of whether funds have been disbursed or not.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses the approved loan amount (amount
financed) for computing repayment schedules on the contract date.
As the loan might have been disbursed through multiple draws, or the draws have been
less than the approved amount, or the loan amount may have been repaid in some amount
before the draw end date, you may need to change the payment amount. In such cases, you
can manually change the payment in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing by posting
the monetary transaction CHANGE PAYMENT AMOUNT on the Customer Service window’s Maintenance link.
7-48
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan disbursements for staged funding
The approved loan amount for staged funding can be disbursed with the Funding window
or at a later time using the Advances window. If the first disbursement is requested during
funding, you may enter it on the Itemization sub page of the Funding window’s Contract
page.
If the entire approved loan amount is not disbursed during initial funding, it can be disbursed using the Advances window’s Advance Entry page.
If the initial loan amount on the Advance Entry page is not within the minimum or maximum limits (as entered in the Advance Details section on the Setup Module window’s
Contract page), Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays one of the following
error or warning messages in the Advances section’s Error Reason field:
•
ADVANCE AMOUNT IS LESS THAN THE INITIAL ADVANCE AMOUNT MINIMUM
-or•
ADVANCE AMOUNT IS MORE THAN THE INITIAL ADVANCE AMOUNT MAXIMUM
The Advance Entry page also allows you to enter subsequent funding / disbursements. If
subsequent advances are not within the predetermined minimum or maximum amounts,
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays one of the following warning or error
messages in the Advances section’s Error Reason field:
•
ADVANCE AMOUNT IS LESS THAN THE ALLOWED SUBSEQUENT ADVANCE
AMOUNT
•
ADVANCE AMOUNT IS MORE THAN THE ALLOWED SUBSEQUENT ADVANCE
AMOUNT
-or-
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-49
Additional messages in the Error Field regarding Staged Funding
If you attempt to post an advance after the draw end date, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing displays the following message in the Advances section’s Error Reason
field:
"ADVANCE DT IS AFTER DRAW PERIOD END DATE".
If you attempt to post an advance above the approved amounts, including tolerance, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays the following message in the Advances
section’s Error Reason field:
"ADVANCE AMOUNT IS MORE THAN THE TOTAL APPROVED AMOUNT INCLUDING
TOLERANCE".
Since this is not a revolving loan, if any repayment is made against the approved loan
amount principal balance, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will not adjust the
disbursed amount allowing for subsequent additional staged funding or advances.
Note: There is no change to the payoff quote functionality in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses the actual amount of the
advance(s) and any interest accrued since the date of the last payment or credit in the PAYOFF QUOTE VALID UPTO DATE value when the payoff quote is requested before the draw
end date.
7-50
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Contract link > Balances sub page
The Balances sub page lists the balances that will be established when an account is
booked and funded.
CAUTION:
Please contact your Implementation Manager for changes to this section.
To set up the balances
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Contract.
4
On the Contract page, select the record you want to work with and click Show in the
Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of contract records.
5
Click the Balances sub tab
6
On the Balances sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of contract balance records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
On the Balances sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the balance type (required).
Select the charge off method to determine how the outstanding amount of this balance type will be handled if
the account becomes uncollectable and the loan is
charged off (required).
Select the write off method to determine how the outstanding amount of this balance type will be handled if
the account is within the write off tolerance of being
PAID (required).
Select the reschedule method to determine how the outstanding amount of this balance type will be handled if
the account is rescheduled (required).
Balance Type
Chargeoff Method
Writeoff Method
Reschedule Method
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-51
Enter the sort order of how account balances will appear
on the Customer Service form’s Balance page (required).
Billed
Select to indicate that outstanding amounts for this balance type are considered a part of the billed amount. This
also determines whether payments applied to this balance
type are considered when satisfying outstanding amounts
due.
Accrued
Select to indicate that outstanding amounts for this balance type will be included when interest is accrued
against the account.
Non-Performing Rollover
Select to indicate that “non-performing” is used as an
intermediary status on your general ledger prior to charge
off and want to create balances for non-performing
accounts for this balance type.
Note: (The Non-Performing Rollover box applies only to
Balance Types of ADVANCE/PRINCIPAL and INTEREST. For all other Balance Types, this box would be
cleared).
Non-Performing Balance Type Select this box if you select the Non-Performing Rollover box and want the balance type to rollover to
(ADVANCE/PRINCIPAL).
Enabled
Select to indicate that this balance type will be created
when the account is booked and funded
Sort
8
Click Save on the Contract page.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing loads the currently defined balances for
accounts.
If your organization maintains additional balances, contact your Implementation Manager
for information regarding those balances.
Loan link > Contract link > Amortize Balances sub page
With the Amortize Balances sub page, you can select one or more balances to be amortized over the life of the loan. You can also define the amortization method.
Note: Interest is automatically amortized, so there is no need to manually set it up.
To set up the amortization balances
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Product Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Contract.
4
On the Contract page, select the record you want to work with and click Show in the
Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of contract records.
7-52
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5
Click the Amortization Balances sub tab.
6
On the Amortization Balances sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of balance records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Amortization Balances section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the amortize transaction type (required).
Select the amortization method used to calculate the net
amortization amount (required).
Select the amortization fee method (required).
Enter the sort sequence to define the order of the amortize balances (required).
Select to enable the amortize balance to be created when
the account is booked and funded.
Amortize Balance Type
Amortize Method
Cost/Fee Method
Sort
Enabled
8
Click Save on the Contract page.
Loan link > Contract link > Itemizations sub page
On the Itemizations sub page, you can define the itemized components for each type of
contract, indicate if it is required, and determine whether it has a positive or negative bearing on the contract itemization math. You can establish the following groups of itemization transactions:
Advance
Total amount of the loan that is not a part of financed fees; in
other words, the total amount the customer requested to be
advanced.
Financed Fees
Fees rolled into the principal balance of the loan. Financed fees
are also considered to be a part of the finance charge.
Pre-Paid Fees
Fees that are paid by the consumer prior to the funding of the
loan. These fees are not rolled into the balance of the loan but are
considered as part of the finance charge and are included in the
calculation of the APR.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-53
Producer
Fees that are paid to or by the producer of the loan; for example, a
fee that is being charged to the producer. These transactions will
affect proceeds.
Escrow
Allows you to connect the actual escrow itemization with the
escrow type and the funding transaction.
To set up the itemizations
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Contract.
4
On the Contract page, select the record you want to work with and click Show in the
Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of contract records.
5
Click the Itemizations sub tab.
6
On the Itemization sub page select the option button to indicate the type of itemization
you are working with: Advance, Financed Fees, Pre-Paid Fees, Producer, or Escrow.
7
On the Itemizations sub page, select the record you want to work with and click Show in
the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of itemization records.
7-54
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
8
On the Itemization sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the itemization (required).
Select the disbursement type (required).
Select the funding transaction type (required).
Select the itemization type (required).
Notes:
1. On selecting the "Prefunding Txns" as itemization
type, it indicates that this particular itemization expects a
payment from the customer prior to funding.
Itemization
Disbursement Type
Transaction
Itemization Type
Sort
Sign
Enabled
Amortize Balance
Refund Allowed
Refund Method
Escrow
Required Escrow
Taxable
Itemization Formula
Itemization Type
Disc. Rate
9
2. The itemization type "Prefunding Txns" is available
only for loans.
Enter the sort order to define the order of the itemization
transactions (required).
If the itemized transaction increases the group balance,
click Pos (+).
-orIf the itemized transaction decreases the group balance,
click Neg (-).
Select to enable the itemization and indicate that this
itemization transaction will be created when the account
is booked and funded.
Select the amortize balance affected by this itemization
transaction. Note: Advance itemizations do not affect
amortize balances (required).
Select to indicate refund is allowed for this itemization.
Select refund calculation method (required).
Select the escrow (required).
If this is an escrow account, select this box to signal an
escrow is required during the application process (though
at that time the user can choose Opt Out to decline.)
Select if the itemization type is taxable.
Select the itemization formula description (required).
Select the itemization (required).
Enter the discount rate for the itemization (optional).
Click Save on the Contract page.
Loan link > Contract link > Fees sub page
Any fees that are defined in the contract are set up on the Fees sub page. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing currently supports the following contract fees:
•
•
•
•
Late charges
Non sufficient funds
Extensions
Prepayment penalties
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-55
•
•
Delay Fee
ACH Fee
The Fees sub page allows you to define those fees whose value and method of calculation
are set at the time of the loan. As these amounts cannot be changed after the loan is booked
and funded, you should only set up fees here that will not change over the life of the loan.
Individual contract fee types may be defined multiple times in order to create graduated
fees.
Note: Certain fees, like late fees, can be set up at contract, as well as state level. In such
cases, the contract fee, if present, is used first.
To set up the fees
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Contract.
4
On the Contract page, select the record you want to work with and click Show in the
Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of contract records.
5
Click the Fees sub tab.
6
On the Fees sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of contract balance records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Fees section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the fee type (required).
Enter the lowest transaction amount or balance amount
against which this contract fee definition may be applied
(required).
Select the method of calculating the fee to be assessed
(required).
Select the frequency of calculating the fee to be assessed
(required).
Enter the minimum fee amount to be assessed (required).
Enter the maximum fee amount to be assessed. If you
selected FLAT in the Method field, then this field is not
used and is normally populated as $0.00 (required).
Type
Txn Amt From
Method
Frequency
Min Amount
Max Amount
7-56
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Percent
Enabled
8
Enter the fee percentage of the outstanding transaction
amount to be assessed as a fee. This amount will be
adjusted to fall within the Min Amount and the Max
Amount.
Select and this contract fee will be created when the
account is booked and funded.
Click Save on the Contract page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-57
Loan link > Fees link (Fee page)
The Fee page allows you to define fees that may be automatically assessed by Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. The Fee Definition section records fees not defined
within the Contract page’s Fees sub page.
The following fee types are currently supported for automatic assessment:
•
•
•
•
•
•
Late charges
Non sufficient funds
Extensions
Prepayment penalties
Delay Fee
ACH Fee
Fees can be calculated as either a flat amount or a percentage of payment due based on fee
type.
You can specify minimums and maximums for fee amounts in the Min Amt and Max Amt
fields. Different fee rules can be setup at the company/branch level.
When Fees are assessed, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing determines the best
match using all enabled fee definitions for that meet the following criteria:
•
•
•
•
Exactly match the fee type being assessed.
Have an effective date that is greater than or equal to the start date.
Have a Txn Amt From that is greater than or equal to the outstanding amount related
to the fee assessment.
Match either the value or ALL for all other criteria (Exact matches for each field are
given a higher weight than matches to ALL.)
The returned rows are then given a descending rank based on the weighted values and the
hierarchical position of the following criteria:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Company
Branch
Product
Application state
Transaction amount
Start date
End date
On the ranked rows, the first row is returned as the best match.
Note: Certain fees, like late fees, can be set up at contract, as well as state level. In such
cases, the contract fee, if present, is used first. Only if the contract fee is not present is the
state fee used.
7-58
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up the fee
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Fees.
4
On the Fee page’s Fee Definition section, select the record you want to work with and
click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of fee definition records.s
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Fee Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the fee rule used to identify the particular fee definition (required).
Select the fee type (required).
Fee Rule
Fee Type
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-59
Enter the start date (required).
Enter the end date (required).
Select to enable the fee.
Select the method of calculating the fee (required).
Enter the minimum amount for the fee (required).
Enter the maximum amount for the fee. If you selected
FLAT AMOUNT in the Calc Method field, then this field
is not used and is normally populated as $0.00 (required).
Enter the percentage value of the outstanding transaction
amount to be assessed as a fee. This amount will be
adjusted to fall within the Min Amount and the Max
Amount (required).
Select the portfolio company. This may be ALL or a specific company (required).
Select the portfolio branch. This may be ALL or a specific branch. (This must be ALL if in the Company field
you selected ALL) (required).
Select the product. This may be ALL or a specific product. The available values come from a validated field
based on the selected Billing Cycle setup and the Loan
Product setup (required).
Select the state for this fee. This may be ALL or a specific
state (required).
Select the currency for this fee. This may be ALL or a
specific currency (optional).
Enter the transaction or balance amount. The fee is calculated using the specifications of this record only if the
transaction amount is greater than the value specified in
this field (and less than this field in another record for the
same fee) (required).
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
Calc Method
Min Amt
Max Amt
Percent
Company
Branch
Product
State
Currency
Txn Amt From
IMPORTANT: In selecting which fee to use, Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing searches for a best
match using the following attributes:
1
2
3
4
5
6
Company
Branch
Product
State
Amount (Txn Amt From)
Effective/start date (Start Dt)
For this reason, Oracle Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each fee where ALL is
the value in the these fields.
It is also recommended that you define a default printer
for an Organization, Division and Department.
6
7-60
Click Save on the Fee page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Compensation link (Compensation page)
With the Compensation page, you can define compensation plans for producers who supply the financial institution with applications for loans. These compensation plans can be
set up at various levels depending upon your organization’s needs.
This information is used on the Compensation sub page on the Contract link of the Applications window. The Compensation Plan field lists the plans available based on the contract in use for the application. When you click Load on the Compensation sub page,
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing adds the information setup on the Compensation page.
Compensation can be paid to a producer in a number of ways:
Payment calculation method:
Description:
AS EARNED
The compensation amount is paid out in pieces
over the life of the loan based upon the interest
earned.
PAY AS U GO
The compensation amount is paid out in pieces
over the life of the loan based upon the interest
received by virtue of the payment.
UPFRONT
The entire compensation amount is paid at the
time of booking the loan.
UPFRONT MONTH END
The entire compensation amount is paid at the
month-end of booking the loan.
UPFRONT MONTH END
(AMORTIZE SPREAD FORMULA)
The amount financed will be amortized at a rate
equal to the difference between the contract rate
and buy rate. The finance charge thus derived
would be considered the base compensation
amount. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing then allows this base compensation to be split
into two components:
1) Upfront compensation amount
2) Remaining compensation amount.
The disbursement method will apply to the
remaining compensation portion (total compensation minus the upfront amount).
Compensations can be charged back from a producer if a loan is prematurely paid or
charged off. The charge back amount can be calculated using the following methods:
•
•
Earned
Percentage
You can specify whether the unearned portion or a certain percentage of the total compensation is to be charged back in case of early payoff or charge off.
The period for which the charge back plan can remain active can be set up according to:
•
•
Number of days
Term (number of months)
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-61
To set up the compensation
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Compensation.
4
In the Compensation page’s Compensation Plan Definition section, select the record
you want to work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of compensation plan definition
records.
7-62
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5
In the Compensation Plan Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the compensation code (required).
Enter a description of the compensation plan being
defined (required).
Enter the start date for the compensation plan (required).
Enter the end date for the compensation plan (required).
Select to enable the compensation plan.
Code
Description
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
Result section
Disbursement Method
Formula Method
Formula
Factor
Addl Factor
Max Spread Or Percent
Flat Amount
Upfront%
Paid Off Method
Paid Off Basis
Paid Off Days
Paid Off Term
Paid Off Percent
Select the method for calculating the compensation disbursement to be paid (required).
Select the type of formula to be used to calculate the
compensation to be paid. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing uses following formula methods:
FLAT AMOUNT - Flat amount is paid.
SPREAD BASE FORMULA - A formula based on the
spread between the buy rate and the interest rate offered
to the consumer is used (required).
Select the spread formula to be used to calculate Compensation (required).
Enter the compensation factor; that is, the percentage
applied to the compensation to be paid. If this value is not
100.00, it will reduce the compensation amount
(required).
Enter the additional compensation factor. If this value is
not 100.00, it will further reduce the compensation
amount (required).
Enter the maximum compensation spread. This limits the
spread on which compensation will be paid. Spreads
exceeding this value will be treated as if the spread was
the specified value (required).
Enter the flat compensation amount (required).
Enter the percentage of the compensation allocated
upfront (required).
Select the method of the compensation that will be recovered by the producer if the loan amount is paid off early
(required).
Select the basis used to determine the amount of compensation to be recovered from the producer, if the loan
amount is paid off early (required).
Enter the number of days in which the compensation can
be recovered, if the Basis is selected as Days (required).
Enter the number of days in which the compensation can
be recovered if the Basis is selected as Term (required).
Enter the percent of the compensation that will be recovered by producer if the loan amount is paid off (required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-63
Charge off Method
Charge off Basis
Charge off Days
Charge off Term
Charge off Percent
Select the method of the compensation that will be recovered by the producer, if the loan amount is charge off
(required).
Select the basis used to determine the amount of compensation to recover from the producer if the loan is charged
off as uncollectable (required).
Enter the number of days in which compensation can be
recovered if the Basis is DAYS (required).
Enter the number of terms in which compensation can be
recovered if the Basis is TERM (required).
Enter the percent of the compensation that will be recovered by producer if the account is charged off as uncollectable, and the charge off basis is PERCENTAGE
(required).
Criteria section
IMPORTANT: In selecting which compensation to use, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing searches for a best match using the fields in this section. For this reason, Oracle
Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each compensation
where ALL is the value in the these fields when you have the option.
Company
Select the portfolio company. This may be ALL or a specific company (required).
Branch
Select the portfolio branch within the company for the
selected compensation plan. This may be ALL or a specific branch. This must be ALL if in the Company field
you selected ALL (required).
Billing Cycle
Select the billing cycle for the compensation plan
(required).
Product
Select the product for the selected compensation plan.
This may be ALL or a specific product. The available values come from a validated field based on the selected
Billing Cycle setup and the Loan Product setup
(required).
State
Select the state for the selected compensation plan. This
may be ALL or a specific state (required).
Currency
Select the currency for the selected compensation plan.
This may be ALL or a specific currency (required).
Pro Group
Select the producer group for the compensation plan.
This may be ALL or a specific producer group (required).
Pro Type
Select the producer type for the compensation plan. This
may be ALL or a specific producer type (required).
Producer
Select the producer for the compensation plan. This may
be ALL or a specific producer. The available values come
from a validated field based on the Pro Group and Pro
Type (required).
Grade
Select the credit grade for this compensation plan. This
may be ALL or a specific grade (required).
Amt
Enter the minimum amount financed for the compensation plan (required).
Term
Enter the minimum term for the compensation plan
(required).
7-64
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Asset Class
Asset Type
SubType
Asset Make
Asset Model
Age
6
Select the asset class for the compensation plan. This
may be ALL or a specific asset class. The available values
come from a validated field based on the Collateral Type
(required).
Select asset type for the compensation plan. This may be
ALL or a specific asset type. The available values come
from a validated field based on you assets setup
(required).
Select the asset sub type for this compensation plan. This
may be ALL or a specific asset sub type. The available
values come from a validated field based on you assets
setup (required).
Enter the asset make. If ALL was selected for either Asset
Type or Asset Sub Type, then ALL will be the only available selection for the asset make (required).
View the asset model. If ALL was selected for either
Asset Type or Asset Sub Type, then ALL will be the only
available selection for the asset model (display only).
Enter the asset age (required).
Click Save on the Compensation page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-65
Loan link > Commissions link (Loan Commission Plans page)
The Loan Commission Plans page allows you to calculate dealer commissions for additional products (for example, life insurance and disability insurance) for loans sold by the
dealer and entered in the Itemization sub page during loan origination. You can setup the
various commission plans, which you use or select during funding.
In addition to the criteria, you can also define the insurance itemization, as well as the
commission itemization for which the plan is valid.
You can select one of the following two system-defined methods to calculate the commissions:
1
2
Flat fee
Percentage of itemization amount.
To set up the loan commission plans
7-66
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Commissions.
4
In the Loan Commission Plans page’s Commission Plan Definition section, select the
record you want to work with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of commission plan definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Commission Plan Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the commission code (required).
Enter the commission plan description (required).
Enter the start date associated with the commission
(required).
Enter the end date associated with the commission
(required).
Select to enable the compensation plan.
Code
Description
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
Results section
Calculation Method
Value
Commission Itemization
Select the commission calculation method (required).
Enter the commission value (required).
Select the commission itemization (required).
Selection Criteria section
IMPORTANT: In selecting which commission to use, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing searches for a best match using fields in this section. For this reason, Oracle
Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each compensation
where ALL is the value in the these fields when you have the option.
Company
Select the portfolio company associated with the commission (required).
Branch
Select the portfolio branch associated with the commission (required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-67
Billing Cycle
Product
State
Currency
Pro Group
Pro Type
Producer
Grade
Amt
Term
Asset Class
Asset Type
SubType
Asset Make
Asset Model
Age
Ins/Warranty Itemization
6
7-68
Select the billing cycle associated with the commission
(required).
Select the product associated with the commission
(required).
Select the state associated with the commission
(required).
Select the currency associated with the commission
(required).
Select the producer group associated with the commission (required).
Select the producer type associated with the commission
(required).
Select the producer associated with the commission
(required).
Select the credit grade associated with the commission
(required).
Enter the minimum itemization amount associated with
the commission (required).
Enter the minimum insurance, warranty term associated
with the commission (required).
Select the asset class associated with the commission
(required).
Select the asset associated with the commission
(required).
Select the asset sub type associated with the commission
(required).
Select the asset make associated with the commission
(required).
View the asset model associated with the commission
(required).
Enter the asset age associated with the commission
(required).
Select the insurance or warranty itemization associated
with the commission (required).
Click Save on the Loan Commissions Plans page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Checklists link (Checklists page)
A checklist is an optional set of steps to follow when completing a task in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing, such as the underwriting and funding processes.
Checklists can be used as guidelines to help ensure that Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing users follow your business’s standard operating procedures and enter all required
data. Some checklists are optional, but others such as those related to application decisions
or contract verification, may be required depending on the edit sets defined in your Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system. The Checklists page allows you to specify the
contents of the checklist.
You can define additional checklists for your organization. You can set up multiple checklists for a single type of checklist. These checklists can be differentiated by:
•
•
•
•
Company
Branch
Product
Application state
To set up the checklists
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Checklists.
4
In the Checklist page’s Checklist Action Definition section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of checklist records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-69
5
In the Checklist Action Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the checklist code that identifies checklist being
defined (required).
Enter the description for the checklist (required).
Select the checklist type to define where the specific
checklist will be available in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing (required).
Select the portfolio company associated with the checklist. This may be ALL or a specific company (required).
Select the portfolio branch associated with the checklist.
This may be ALL or a specific branch. This must be ALL
if in the Company field you selected ALL) (required).
Select the product associated with the checklist. This may
be ALL or a specific product. The available values come
from a validated list based on the selected Billing Cycle
setup and the Loan Product setup (required).
Select the state associated with the checklist type. This
may be ALL or a specific state (required).
Checklist Code
Description
Checklist Type
Company
Branch
Product
State
IMPORTANT: In selecting which edits type to use, Ora-
cle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing searches for a best
match using the following attributes:
1
2
3
4
Company
Branch
Product
State
For this reason, Oracle Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each checklist type
where ALL is the value in these fields.
Currency
Enabled
Select the currency associated with the checklist. This
may be ALL or a specific currency (required).
Select to enable the checklist.
Checklist actions are steps (a set of one or more tasks) related to the checklist you are creating. They are loaded on the Checklist Action Definition section.
6
In the Checklist Action Definition section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of checklist action definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Checklist Action Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the action code for the checklist (required).
Enter the description for the action type (required).
Action Code
Description
7-70
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Action Type
Document Type
Document Sub Type
Document Mandatory
Sort
Enabled
8
Select the action type (required).
Select the document type (optional).
Select the document sub type (optional).
If selected, indicates that the document is mandatory.
Enter the sort order to define the placement of the action
type on the Checklist sub page (required).
Select to include this action in the checklist.
Click Save on the Checklists page
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-71
Loan link > Org. Fees link (Loan Origination Fees page)
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the auto computation of origination
itemized fees. System administrators can define and maintain the itemization formula on
the Loan Origination Fees page.
An itemization formula can be set up as a computation of other itemizations (such as adding or subtracting one itemization from another) and can consist of multiple itemizations.
An itemization formula will have a minimum and maximum value. You can set up a formula value range to be used as the final value.
Itemizations are linked to a product with the Loan Products page’s Product Itemizations
sub page.
One itemization can be based on one formula, while the same formula can be attached to
multiple itemizations. If a formula is attached to a contract itemization and that formula
requires an itemization not present Formula Definitions page, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays an error message.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will search for any “circular dependency” at the
time the contract is enabled. An example of a circular dependency is when Itemization1
has Formula1 attached requiring Itemization2 for computation and Itemization2 has
Formula2 attached requiring Itemization1 for computation.
7-72
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To set up the loan origination fees
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Org Fees.
4
In the Loan Origination Fees page’s Formula Definitions section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of formula definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Formula Definitions section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Select to indicate that this is the current record.
Enter the formula code to define computation (required).
Enter the description for the formula (required).
Enter the minimum value that should be considered to
compute the final value of formula (required).
Enter the maximum value that should be considered to
compute the final value of formula (required).
Select the Enabled indicator to allow the stipulations to
be used by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
(required).
Formula
Description
Min Amt
Max Amt
Enabled
6
In the Formula Details section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of formula details records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Formula Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-73
Select
Itemization
Percent
Sort
Sign
Enabled
8
Select to indicate that this is the current record.
Select the itemization based on which the itemization formula will derive its computed value (required).
Enter the percentage value that should be considered
while computing value for itemization formula
(required).
Enter the sort sequence for the itemization to be considered while computing the value of the itemization formula (required).
Select the positive or negative sign that needs to be considered between two itemizations for computing the
value of the itemization formula (required).
Select the Enabled indicator to allow the itemization
details to be used by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing (required).
In the Range Details section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of range details records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
On the Range Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Select to indicate that this is the current record.
Enter the value up to which the percentage of final value
of the itemization formula to be considered for the final
value of itemization formula (required).
Enter the percentage value that should be considered
while computing the value for the final value of the itemization formula (required).
Select the Enabled indicator to allow the range details to
be used by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
(required).
Amt From
Percent
Enabled
10 Click Save on the Loan Origination Fees page.
7-74
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Stipulation link (Loan Stipulations page)
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the automatic generation of default
stipulations for loans during loan origination on the Underwriting window’s Stipulation
sub page (Decision link). The default stipulations can be maintained by company, branch,
product, state, application status and application sub-status on the Loan Stipulations page.
To set up the loan stipulations
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Product Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Stipulation.
4
In the Loan Stipulations page’s Stipulation Setup section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of stipulation setup records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Stipulation Setup section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the portfolio company associated with the default
stipulations (required).
Select the portfolio branch associated with the default
stipulations (required).
Select the product associated with the default stipulations
(required).
Select the state associated with the default stipulations
(required).
Company
Branch
Product
State
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-75
Currency
Application Status
Application Sub-Status
Enabled
6
Select the currency associated with the default stipulations (required).
Select the application status associated with the default
stipulations (required).
Select the application sub status associated with the
default stipulations (required).
Select the Enabled indicator to allow the default stipulations to be used Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing (required).
In the Stipulation Details section, select the record you want to work
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of stipulation details records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Stipulation Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the stipulation (required).
Enter the sort sequence for the stipulation (required).
Select the Enabled indicator to allow the stipulations
details to be used by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing (required).
Stipulations
Sort
Enabled
8
7-76
Click Save on the Loan Stipulations page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Spreads link (Spreads page)
The Spreads pages allows you to define the payment allocation strategy used by your business while applying payments to accounts. Spreads are selected on the Payment Entry
(Payment Maintenance) pages.
The Spread Definition section is used to define individual spreads. Many common spreads
have already been defined. With each spread, you can define the due date advancement
method to use, BRING CURRENT, FUTURE, or NONE.
The Spreads page records the order in which balances are satisfied when a payment is
applied to an account. (Unless someone indicates otherwise, payments will be applied
against each balance type, in sort order, until either there is no remaining balance, or the
payment has been completely allocated.)
To set up the spreads
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Spreads.
4
On the Spreads page’s Spread Definition section, select the record you want to work
with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of spread definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Spread Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the code identifying the spread (required).
Spread
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-77
Description
Due Dt Adv
Enabled
6
Enter the description for the spread. (This usually reflects
when this spread is used.) (required).
Select the due date advancement code that determines
how payments applied using this spread will affect due
amounts. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses
the following predefined Due Dt Adv Codes:
BRING CURRENT - The payment allocations for transactions against an account’s outstanding balances that make
up the billed balances. This will be applied against billed
due amounts.
FUTURE - The payment allocations for transactions
against an accounts outstanding balances that make up
the billed balances. This will be applied against billed
due amounts. Any remaining amount allocated against
billed balances will be accumulated and applied against
future due amounts (required).
NONE - Payments applied using this spread will not
affect the due amounts of the account in any way.
Select box to enable the spread.
In the Spread Transaction Definition section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of spread transaction definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Spread Transaction Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the balance type to allocate a portion of the
received payment against (required).
Balance Type
Note: Oracle Financial Services Software recommends
that you always setup an ADVANCE/PRINCIPAL balance
type for each spread.
Cycle
Sort
Enabled
8
7-78
Enter the balance cycle during which to apply payments.
This collects payment on bad (unpaid) cycles. You can
only go back five cycles. Cycle will have a value of 0 for
loans (required).
Enter the sort order in which the balance type has payments allocated against it (required).
Select and Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will
consider this spread transaction when allocating payments.
Click Save on the Spreads page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Letters link (Loan Letters page)
The Loan Letters page allows you to define letters that Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing automatically generates when the application for a loan meets certain conditions,
or “trigger events.” Each letter has its own trigger event. For example, you can configure
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to automatically send a welcome letter when an
application becomes an account or send a collection letters when an account becomes
delinquent.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the following types of letters:
Type of letter:
Definition:
ADVERSE ACTION LETTER
Generated in nightly batch jobs for applications that were
declined. This letter is sent to the consumer to indicate
the reasons why the application was declined.
Generated in nightly batch jobs for applications that were
declined. This letter is sent to the consumer to indicate
the reasons why the application was declined. This letter
also indicates steps that the consumer may take to gain
approval of the loan application.
Generated when an application is APPROVED: FUNDED
or CONDITIONED: FUNDED. This letter is sent to the
producer.
Generated when an application is APPROVED, CONDITIONED, or REJECTED. This letter is sent to the consumer or producer, depending on whether the loan is a
direct or in-direct loan.
Generated when an application is APPROVED: FUNDED.
This letter is sent to the consumer.
CONDITIONAL ADVERSE
ACTION LETTER
CONTRACT FUNDING
FAX/EMAIL
DECISION FAX/EMAIL
WELCOME LETTER
When Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing generates letters, it searches the Loan
Letters page for letter definitions that meet the following criteria:
•
•
Definition is enabled.
Definition is an exact match of the letter code being generated.
• Definition is a match of either the application value or ALL for all other criteria.
Exact matches for each field are given a higher weight than matches to ALL.
The returned rows are then given a descending rank based on the weighted values and the
hierarchical position of these fields:
1
2
3
4
5
Company
Branch
Product
State
Channel
On the ranked rows, the first row is returned as the best match.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-79
To set up the loan letters
7-80
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Letters.
4
In the Letter Definition page’s Letter Definition section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of letter definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Letter Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the code for the letter (required).
Enter the file name of the Oracle report used to generate
the letter. The file should be named <File Name>.rep on
your server (required).
Select the type of letter you want to generate (required).
Select the application source (channel) for the letter. This
may be ALL or a specific channel (required).
Select to enable this letter definition.
Letter Code
File Name
Letter Type
Channel
Enabled
Result section
Batch Printer
Batch User
Select the batch printer being used to generate the letter
(required).
Select the user who will submit this letter. This will normally be set to BATCH (required).
Selection Criteria section
Company
Branch
Product
State
Currency
6
Select the portfolio company for which this letter will be
used. This may be ALL or a specific company (required).
Select the portfolio branch for which this letter will be
used. This may be ALL or a specific branch. This must be
ALL if in the Company field you selected ALL)
(required).
Select the product for which this letter will be used. This
may be ALL or a specific product (required).
Select the state for which this letter will be used. This
may be ALL or a specific state (required).
Select the currency for which this letter will be used. This
may be ALL or a specific currency (required).
Click Save on the Loan Letters page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-81
Loan link > Promotions link (Loan Introductory page)
The Loan Introductory page allows you to set up the promotions a financial institution can
offer its customers. Promotions can be selected as part of the loan on the Application
Entry and Applications windows.
You can define an introductory promotion based on the following attributes:
•
•
•
Type
Period Type
Period
You can define multiple promotions for a product, then select the appropriate promotion at
the time the application is processed. Promotions also serve as a selection criteria on the
Pricing page.
CAUTION: Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing only supports promotions selected
when a loan is funded.
Same as Cash promotions
In the case of the same as cash promotion:
•
If the outstanding loan amount at the end of the promotional period is within the tolerance amount, then the customer receives the full benefit of the promotion and Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will not charge any interest on the borrowers’ loan
account.
•
If the outstanding loan amount is higher than the authorized tolerance amount, then
the customer loses the benefit of the promotion and Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing computes and charges the borrower interest from the date the loan was
funded.
Interest & Payments
Interest still continues to accrue for a loan account that is funded using the SAME AS
CASH promotion. However, the interest accrued during the promotion period is not
charged or collected on the account until the end of the promotion period.
Any repayment made by the customer during the promotion period is applied towards the
principal amount. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing then calculates the interest
accrual using the reduced principal amount, if applicable.
If the loan remains unpaid after the end of the promotion period and the principal balance
is above any stated tolerance amount, then Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
starts collecting interest earned and accrued during the promotion period.
7-82
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Pay-off quote during promotion period
If the loan account is set-up using the SAME AS CASH promotion, then during the promotion period:
a) On the Customer Service form’s Account Details page, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing displays only the principal amount and any fees/expenses due. Interest
amounts will not be included.
b) The payoff quote generated through the Customer Service form’s Maintenance (3)
page displays only the principal amount and any fees/expenses due from the borrower(s). If all or any portion of the loan account is unpaid at the end of the promotion
period and is over any set tolerance limit, then the PAYOFF amount displays the total
amount (Principal + Interest + other charges, if any) using the current amounts.
Reduced rate introductory loan promotions
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing’s promotion method PROMOTIONAL RATE
allows you to create and specify loan promotions where customers can be charged lower
interest rates during a specific promotional period of time. You may define the length of
the promotion in either terms or days. Also you will be able to set the specific interest rate
you want attached to the promotion. During the promotional period, interest on an account
is accrued at the promotional rate. When the promotional period expires, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing changes the interest rate of the loan to the contractual interest
rate to accrue interest. The promotion expires on the promotion end date defined by the
length of the promotion. However, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows you
to set a grace period for extending the automatic cancellation of the promotion due to
delinquency, similar to the grace period associated with a payment date.
To set up the loan introductory
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Promotions.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-83
4
In the Loan Introductory page’s Promotion Definitions section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of promotion definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Promotion Definitions section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the code identifying the promotion (required).
Enter a description of the promotion being offered
(required).
Select the promotion type (required).
Select the period type.
Code
Description
Type
Period Type
Period
Tolerance
Index
Margin
Cancel Delq Days
Enabled
6
7-84
Note: Select PROMOTIONAL DAYS if the length of the
promotion is to be measured in days. Select PROMOTION
TERM if the length of the promotion is more accurately
measured in terms (required).
Enter the specific promotion period. If you selected PROMOTIONAL DAYS in the Period Type field, then enter the
number of days of the promotion period duration. If you
selected PROMOTION TERM, enter the number of terms
for which the promotion applies. Remember that Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses the same length
of the term increment that is used in the billing cycle for
the loan; for example, weekly, monthly, semi-annual, or
annual (required).
Enter the dollar amount of the allowed “tolerance”, if
applicable. This is the amount that can be outstanding at
the end of the promotion period.
Note: This applies only to the promotion type SAME AS
CASH (required).
Enter the promotional index rate (required).
Enter the promotional margin rate (required).
Enter the tolerance days for the promotion cancellation
due to delinquency (required).
Select to enable the promotion.
Click Save on the Loan Introductory page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Insurances link (Insurances page)
Most financial institutes offer financing for insurance to the borrowers; examples include
credit life, credit disability, and GAP. The insurance product offer permits the customer to
cancel the insurance in mid term or automatically end when the loan matures or is paidoff. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports financing of insurance products
during loan origination and automatically end the insurance when the loan is paid-off.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing also can compute the rebate premium based on
“Rule of 78” or “Actuarial” method. As a customer might cancel the insurance in mid
term of the loan, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing computes the premium rebate
on a prorate basis. This also applies to additional insurance purchase during the life of the
loan. Normally, mid term insurance cancellations have associated fees and grace period.
In such cases, the customer may cancel the insurance during the grace period without
accruing any fees. However, when a customer cancels after the grace period, the result is a
predefined fees which Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing deducts from the computed rebate.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports mid term insurance cancellation with
and without grace period and cancellation fees. With this enhancement of insurance processing, you can define the premium rebate computation with a prorate basis.
You can define financed insurance related itemizations in the Loan Origination Fees page
(Org. Fees link) as you have in previous releases with the Loan Insurance page. You can
also set the refund method to “Pro Rate Basis” in the Refund Method field in the Contract
Itemization section on the Itemization sub page during setup with the Loan link > Contracts link.
To set up the insurances
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Products bar link.
3
In the Products Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Insurances.
4
In the Insurances page’s Insurance section, select the record you want to work with and
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-85
click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of loan insurance records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Insurance section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the code associated with the insurance product
(required).
Enter a brief description of the insurance product
(required).
Enter the date from which you can start offering the product to customers (required).
Enter the date from which to stop offering the product to
customers (required).
Select the Enabled box if you want to allow the offering
of this insurance product (required).
Code
Description
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
Result section
Insurance Type
Insurance Company
Cancellation/Refund
Allowed
Grace Days
Refund Calculation Method
7-86
Select the insurance types available for financing
(required).
Enter the name of the company through which the insurance product is offered (required).
Select the Cancellation/Refund Allowed box to allow the
insurance rebate/refund for cancellation/paid-off
(required).
Enter the number of grace days allowed for cancellation
without charging a cancellation fee (required).
Select the insurance premium refund/rebate calculation
method to be used when insurance is cancelled
(required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Cancellation Fee
Grace Day's Cancellation
Fee Allowed
Enter the amount of the cancellation fee to be charged
when the insurance is cancelled (required).
Select the Grace Day's Cancellation Fee Allowed to
allow cancellation fees during grace period (required).
Selection Criteria section
Company
Branch
Product
State
Currency
6
Select the portfolio company that can offer the insurance
product. Select ALL if offered by all companies
(required).
Select the branch of the specified portfolio company that
can offer the insurance product. Select ALL if offered by
all the branches of the specified portfolio company
(required).
Select the product for which you can offer the insurance
product. Select ALL if offered for all the products
(required).
Select the state for which you can offer the insurance
product. Select ALL if this is offered for all the states
(required).
Select the currency for which you can offer the insurance
product. Select ALL if this is offered for all the states
(required).
In the Insurance Details section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of insurance detail records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Insurance Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the insurance sub type you want to define for the
entry in the Insurance section; for example SINGLE
(required).
Enter the minimum loan term for the insurance sub type
(required).
Enter the rate for premium calculation per $1,000.00 for
the insurance sub type (required).
Enter the maximum coverage amount covered by the
insurance sub type (required).
Select to enable the insurance.
Insurance Sub Type
Term From
Rate
Max Coverage Amt
Enabled
8
Click Save on the Insurances page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7-87
7-88
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 8: ESCROW SETUP
The Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing provides tax and insurance escrow for
loans. The Escrow window opens pages that allow you to set up these features.
This chapter explains the Escrow window and how to set up escrow in the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system.
Loan link > Escrow link (Escrow Definition page)
The Escrow Definition page allows you to review or set up escrow definitions for taxes
and insurance and note whether or not cushion is allowed.
To set up the Escrow definition
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Escrow bar link.
3
In the Escrows Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Escrow.
4
On the Escrow Definitions page’s Escrow Definitions section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of escrow definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Escrow Definitions section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the escrow code. This is protected against update
and cannot be changed after initial set up (required).
Enter the escrow description (required).
Escrow
Description
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
8-1
Escrow Type
Cushion Allowed
Incl 1098
Enabled
8
Select the escrow type, usually INSURANCES or TAXES
(required).
Select this if the escrow you are defining allows for cushion.
Note: Cushion rules are used to determine how much
cushion should be retained.
Select to include in 1098 reporting.
Select to enable the escrow definition.
Click Save on the Escrow Definition page.
Analysis link > Shortage/Cushion Rules link (Escrow Analysis page)
The Escrow Analysis page allows you to review and set up escrow analysis shortage/cushion rules. Shortage/cushion rules determine how much cushion you are allowed on a particular escrow line and, if there is a predicted shortage, how to eliminate it by increasing
payment.
To set up the Escrow analysis
8-2
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Escrow bar link.
3
In the Escrows Setup link bar, click the Analysis drop-down link, then click Shortage/
Cushion Rules.
4
On the Escrow Analysis page’s Escrow Analysis section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of rules records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Escrow Analysis section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the rule code. This is protected against update and
cannot be changed after initial set up (required).
Enter the rule description (required).
Enter the start date for this rule (required).
Enter end date for this rule (required).
Select to enable the rule.
Rule
Description
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
Parameters section
Shortage Threshold
Shortage Value
Shortage Spread Increase%
Term
Max Term
Surplus Amt
Select the shortage threshold, either an amount in dollars
or number of installments (required).
Enter shortage threshold value (required).
Enter shortage spread increase percent (required).
Enter shortage spread term (required).
Enter the maximum amount of shortage spread terms
(required).
Enter surplus threshold amount for this rule (required).
Section Criteria section
Company
Branch
Product
State
Select the company for this rule (required).
Select the branch for this rule (required).
Select the product for this rule (required).
Select state for this rule (required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
8-3
IMPORTANT: In selecting which escrow rule to use,
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing searches for a
best match using the following attributes:
1
2
3
4
Company
Branch
Product
State
For this reason, Oracle Financial Services Software recommends creating one version of each rule where ALL is
the value in these fields.
6
In the Rule Details section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of rule details records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Rule Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select escrow type (required).
Select cushion type (required).
Enter cushion value (required).
Escrow Type
Cushion Type
Cushion Value
8
8-4
Click Save on the Escrow Analysis page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Analysis link > Disbursement Rules link (Rules page)
The Rules page allows you to define the disbursement rules for your escrow.
To set up the rules
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Escrow bar link.
3
In the Escrows Setup link bar, click the Analysis drop-down link, then click Disbursement Rules.
4
On the Escrow Disbursement Rules page’s Escrow Disbursement Rules section,
select the record you want to work with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
8-5
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Escrow Disbursement Rules section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the disbursement rule. This is protected against
update and cannot be changed after initial set up
(required).
Enter the description (required).
Select the company (required).
Select the branch (required).
Enter the start date (required).
Enter the end date (required).
Select to enable this disbursement rule.
Disbursement Rule
Description
Company
Branch
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
Disbursement section
Jan%
Feb%
Mar%
Apr%
May%
Jun%
Jul%
Aug%
Sep%
Oct%
Nov%
Dec%
Total%
6
8-6
Enter the percent to be disbursed in January (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in February (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in March (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in April (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in May (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in June (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in July (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in August (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in September
(required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in October (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in November (required).
Enter the percent to be disbursed in December (required).
Displays total annual disbursement percentage. This figure is the sum of the monthly disbursements and must
equal 100 percent (display only).
Click Save on the Escrow Disbursement Rules page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 9: SUBVENTION SETUP
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing Subvention window’s Loan Subvention page
allows you to set up loan subvention plans for producers (groups or individuals). Multiple
producers may contribute to one subvention plan or a plan can be set for a specific producer.
Subvention Types
Subvention can be offered in many forms for vehicle loans. The most common formats are
the rate subvention for vehicle loans. Rate/rent factor subvention involves sharing the
finance charge (interest) by the participant (most frequently with the manufacturer). The
finance company sets its buy rate (the minimum cost to the company to extend the loan to
a customer). If the customer rate is less than this buy rate, then the amount equivalent to
the interest amount for the difference (the buy rate minus the customer rate) is paid by the
participant as the subvention amount.
Currently Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the following subvention
types:
Loan subvention types:
1
2
3
Rate
Cash bonus
Buy down
Subvention plans can be defined for one participant (for example, a manufacturer or a particular dealer) or group of participants (such as a dealer association). One subvention plan
could have multiple sub plans and multiple participants could participate to each sub plan.
Example
Subvention plan:
• “Summer Special Event”
Subvention sub-plans for above plan:
•
•
•
•
1.9% for 36 months
- or 2.99% for 48 months
- or 3.99% for 60 months
- or $1500.00 cash bonus
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
9-1
Multiple participants may participate in each sub plan. For example, for the 1.9% rate, 1%
might be shared by the manufacturer and 0.9% might be shared by the dealer. Similarly for
the $1,500 cash bonus, $1,000 might be shared by the manufacturer and $500 by the
dealer. Or, the complete $1,500 might be covered by the manufacturer.
Collection of subvention amounts can be set for each participant in the subvention plan
with the Collection Method.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports following collection methods:
UPFRONT
The entire subvention amount is collected at the booking
of the loan from the producer proceed.
UPFRONT STATEMENT
The entire subvention amount is collected at the time of
the subvention statement.
PAY AS U GO
The subvention amount is billed to the producer when the
customer pays the loan payment. The producer is due for
the amount at each statement.
Subvention Refund
There are times when a loan is either paid-off early or gets charged off and the finance
company refunds the unearned subvention amount back to the producer. The refund is
available only when the subvention amount is collected from the producer proceeds
(UPFRONT) or the whole amount is billed in the first statement (UPFRONT STATEMENT).
You can set up Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to allow refunds only for a certain period and not beyond that. The period can be set differently for charge offs and paid
offs and can be based on two methods:
1
2
Days
Term
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing provides the following methods for refund
amount calculation:
1
2
Earned
Percentage
The earned method is used to refund the unearned portion of the collected subvention
amount. The percentage method is used to refund a certain percentage of the subvention
amount collected.
9-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Loan link > Loan Subvention link (Loan Subvention Plans page)
The Loan Subvention Plans page allows you to set up subventions for loans.
To set up the loan subvention plans
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Subvention bar link.
3
In the Subvention Setup link bar, click the Loan drop-down link, then click Loan Subvention.
4
On the Loan Subvention page’s Plan Definition section, select the record you want to
work with, then click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
9-3
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of loan subvention records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Plan Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the subvention plan code (required).
Enter the subvention plan description (required)
Select the company name (required).
Select the branch name (required).
Select the state (required).
Enter the start date for the subvention plan (required).
Enter the end date for the subvention plan. (required).
If selected indicates the record is active.
Code
Description
Company
Branch
State
Start Date
End Date
Enabled
Selection Criteria section
Billing Cycle
Product
Asset Class
Asset Type
Asset Sub Type
Asset Make
Asset Mode
Age
6
Select billing cycle (required).
Select the product (required).
Select the asset class (required).
Select the asset type (required).
Select asset sub type (required).
Select asset make (required).
View the asset model (required).
Enter the asset age (required).
In the Sub Plan Definition section, select the record you want to work with, then click
Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of sub plan definition
records.
9-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Sub Plan Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the subvention sub plan code. (required).
Enter the subvention sub plan description (required).
Select the state (required).
Select the producer group (required).
Select the producer type (required).
Select the producer (required).
If selected indicates the record is active.
Code
Description
State
Pro Group
Pro Type
Producer
Enabled
Selection Criteria section
Amount From
Subvention Type
Term
Grade
Asset Class
Asset Type
Sub Type
Asset Make
Asset Model
Age
8
Enter the amount (required).
Select the subvention type (required).
Enter the term (required).
Select the grade (required).
Select the asset class (required).
Select the asset type (required).
Select asset sub type (required).
Select asset make (required).
Select the asset model (required).
Enter asset age (required).
In the Plan Details section, select the record you want to work with, then click Show in
the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
9-5
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of plan detail records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
In the Plan Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the participant (required).
Select the collection method for the subvention plan
(required).
Select the transaction code (required).
Enter the subvention rate (required).
If selected indicates the record is active.
Participant
Collection Method
Transaction
Rate
Enabled
Calculation section:
Method
Override
Max Amt
Flat Amt
Factor
Spread Max
Select the subvention calculation method (required).
Select to allow overriding the rate at the time of underwriting / funding (required).
Enter the maximum subvention amount (required).
Enter the flat amount (required).
Enter the subvention factor (required).
Enter the max subvention spread value (required).
Refund section:
Method (Paid off)
Method (Charge-Off)
Basis (Paid off)
Basis (Charge-Off)
Period (Paid off)
Period (Charge-Off)
Percent (Paid off)
Percent (Charge-Off)
Select the method if the account is paid-off early
(required).
Select the method if the account is charged-off
(required).
Select the basis if the account is paid-off early (required).
Select the basis if the account is charged-off (required).
Enter the number of terms in which the subvention can be
refunded to the producer if the account is paid-off early
(required).
Enter the number of terms in which the subvention will
be refunded to the producer if the account is charge-off
(required).
Enter the refund percentage if the account is paid-off
(required).
Enter the refund percentage if the account is charged-off
(required).
Amortization section:
Balance Type
Method
Frequency
Cost / Fee
Select the amortize balance type (required).
Select the amortize method (required).
Select the amortize frequency (required).
Select the cost / fee (required).
10 Click Save on the Loan Subvention page.
9-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 10: CORRESPONDENCE SETUP
The Correspondence Setup window contains pages that enable you to set up Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing correspondence.
The Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system provides two types of correspondence: predefined and ad hoc. The following chart provides a quick summary of both:
This chapter explains how to set up ad hoc correspondence with the Correspondence form.
The Correspondence Setup link bar opens pages that provide a cost-effective and easy to
use method to build custom documents that draw information from the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing database without additional programming. You can choose
what to include in a letter, create a template, and then use this template to produce a letter.
The core of the Correspondence module is the document element -- the information stored
in the database merged into the correspondence. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
has document elements defined for commonly used data elements in correspondence, such
as account numbers, account balances, customer addresses, telephone numbers, and due
dates.
Correspondence consists of a document file with text of your choice and the document elements from the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing database.
You can create a correspondence set that consists of one or more documents. If a correspondence set consists of more than one document, such as the account details letter and a
payment overdue letter, it prints both documents every time Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing generates correspondence for a customer.
The Correspondence module creates the following standard ad hoc correspondence:
•
•
Microsoft Word (RTF)
Adobe Acrobat (PDF/XFDF)
Note: In this document and in the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system, the
term BANKERS SYSTEM is synonymous with Adobe Acrobat.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
10-1
Correspondence Setup link bar
The Correspondence Setup link bar contains the following: Common and Loan. Which
one of these four links you click determines which product the correspondence set up will
affect.
•
•
Click Common to make changes common to all correspondence regarding loans.
Click Loan to make changes to all correspondence regarding loans.
Functions link (System Functions page)
The System Functions page enables you to view the predefined functions for the loan
product in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. These are attributes from the database.
Functions define how Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing retrieves data to include
in correspondence. The data is retrieved as elements which are either specific database
columns or calculated values. Elements are recorded on the Elements page.
To view the predefined functions
10-2
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Correspondence bar link.
3
In the Correspondence Setup link bar, click the Common or Loan, depending on the type
of correspondence you want to work with, then click Functions.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4
In the System Functions page’s Function Definition section, select the record you want
to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of function definition
records.
5
6
In the Function Definition section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Function Name
Description
Function Type
Source Program
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The function name.
The function description.
The function type.
The source program.
In the Functions Parameters section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of function definition
records.
7
In the Functions Parameters section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Position
Parameter
Description
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
The parameter position.
The function parameter.
The function parameter description.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
10-3
Elements link (Elements page)
The Elements page displays the predefined document elements retrieved from the database when Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing generates a correspondence.
In the Element Definitions section, you can update or edit the Description field only.
To view the document elements
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Correspondence bar link.
3
In the Correspondence Setup link bar, click the Common or Loan depending on the type
of correspondence you want to work with, then click Elements.
4
On the Elements page’s Elements section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of element records.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
On the Element Definitions page, view or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Level0 Type
Name
Element Type
View the element Level0 type.
View the element name.
View the element type.
Enter the element description (required).
View the element data type.
View the element function.
Select to enable the element.
View the default value.
Description
Data Type
Source Function
Enabled
Default Value
7
10-4
Click Save on the Elements page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
E-Form Elements link (E-Forms Elements page)
The E-forms Elements page defines elements included when Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing generates online correspondence with a browser. The E-forms page is only set
up for PDF elements using the XFDF format.These definitions translate the external element required by the vendor to a Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing correspondence element.
Example
Vendor Element
AllBorrowers.FullNameStreetCityStateZip
(Contains names of all borrowers with address of
primary customer)
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing ElementsPRIM_APL_NAME
SPOUSE_APL_NAME
PRIM_APA_ADDRESS1
PRIM_APA_ADDRESS2
PRIM_APA_ADDRESS3
Translation:
PRIM_APL_NAME || ', ' || SPOUSE_APL_NAME || ', ' || PRIM_APA_ADDRESS1 || '; '
||PRIM_APA_ADDRESS2 || '; ' || PRIM_APA_ADDRESS3
To set up the E-forms elements
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Correspondence bar link.
3
In the Correspondence Setup link bar, click the Common or Loan depending on the type
of correspondence you want to work with, then click E-Form Elements.
4
On the E-form Elements page’s E-form Elements section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of e-form element records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
10-5
5
In the E-form Elements section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Level0 Type
E-Form Source
Element Name
Enter the element Level0 type (required).
Select the element e-form source (required).
Enter the element name (the name used in the external
form) (required).
Enter the element description (required).
Select the element data type (required).
Select the translation for the e-form element (SQL statement fragment defining the element data) (required).
Select to enable the e-form element.
Description
Data Type
Translation
Enabled
6
10-6
Click Save on the E-Form Elements page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Documents link (Documents page)
The Documents page enables you to set up the various documents and the data fields that
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing compiles together when creating a correspondence. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing provides two different document formats: Word or XFDF: XML-based form.
Note: Oracle Financial Services Software assumes the user is familiar with Word and the
Merge Document command. If the user is creating e-form documents with XFDF, Oracle
Financial Services Software assumes that person is familiar with Adobe forms.
To set up documents to be compiled in correspondence
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Correspondence bar link.
3
In the Correspondence Setup link bar, click the Common or Loan depending on the type
of correspondence you want to work with, then click Documents.
4
In the Documents page’s Documents Definition section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of document definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
10-7
5
In the Documents Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the document code to define the name for the new
document (required).
Enter the document description for the new document.
This entry appears in the Correspondence section on
the Request page when you generate an ad hoc correspondence (required).
Enter the document file name for the resulting file (Word
or XFDF document) (required).
Select the level0 type (required).
Select the element e-form source (required).
Select the document product (required).
Select the document source type (required).
Select to enable the document definition.
Code
Description
File Name
Level0 Type
E-form Source
Product
Source
Enabled
The Elements sub page records the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing application
information that appears in the ad hoc correspondence.
6
In the Elements sub page’s Document Elements section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of document elements
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Elements sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the sequence number to order the document elements (required).
Select element type from the following (required):
S System-defined. If you select S, the value is supplied
by Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing and cannot
be changed in the Correspondence Request page.
C Constant.
UD User Defined Element. If you select UD, you can
choose the value and change it in the Correspondence
Request screen.
UC User Defined Constant. If you choose UC, you can
choose the value, but you cannot change it in the Correspondence Request screen.
T Translated Element. If a document contains an e-form
element and you do not select T, the value will not be
translated.
Select or enter the element name (required).
Seq
Type
Element Name
10-8
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Description
Data Type
Format Mask
Default Value
Enabled
8
Enter element description.
Notes :
1. (Check that the element name does not have blank
spaces or special characters, such as the forward slash “/”
or backward slash “\”.)
2. If the element is system-defined, Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing will automatically complete this
field. (required).
Select the element data type (required).
Select the element format mask (required).
Enter the element default value (if appropriate).
Select to include the element in the document.
Click Save on the Documents page.
To generate a data file for a document
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Correspondence bar link.
3
In the Correspondence Setup link bar, click the Common or Loan depending on the type
of correspondence you want to work with, then click Documents.
5
In the Documents page’s Document Definition section, select the record for which you
want to generate a data file.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of document definition
records.
6
Click Gen. Data File.
A new browser window opens with a File Download dialog box asking the question “Do
you want to open or save this file?”
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
10-9
•
Click Open to view the data file in the browser.
•
Click Save to save the data using a Save As dialog box.
For more information on proceeding with the letter and report generation in the BI publisher, please refer to the Appendix C :Interfacing Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing with BI publisher
10-10
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Correspondence link (Correspondence page)
The Correspondence page enables you to define who will receive the documents you created on the Document Definition page by creating correspondence sets. Each document
must belong to a set, and a set can have more than one document.
To set up a correspondence set
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Correspondence bar link.
3
In the Correspondence Setup link bar, click the Common or Loan depending on the type
of correspondence you want to work with, then click Correspondence.
4
In the Correspondence page’s Correspondence section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of correspondence definition
records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
10-11
5
In the Correspondence section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the correspondence code (required).
Enter the correspondence description (required).
Select the correspondence output schedule type
(required).
Select the correspondence level type (required).
Select correspondence group (required).
Select the correspondence company (required).
Select the correspondence branch (required).
Select the correspondence product (required).
Select to enable the correspondence.
Code
Description
Print Schedule
Level
Group
Company
Branch
Product
Enabled
6
Click Save on the Correspondence page.
7
Click the Documents sub tab.
8
In the Documents sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of document records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
In the Documents sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the correspondence document (required).
Select the recipients for the document (required).
Select to include the recipient selected.
Document
Recipients
Include
10 Click Save on the Correspondence page.
11 Click the Functions sub tab.
10-12
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12 In the Functions sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: Creating custom functions requires programming at set up.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of function records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
13 In the Functions sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information to define the
functions that should be executed before or after correspondence is generated.
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the correspondence functions (required).
Select when to execute the correspondence function
(required).
Function
Exe When?
14 Click Save on the Correspondence page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
10-13
10-14
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 11: PRODUCER SETUP
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing can manage both direct and indirect loans.
While direct loans are paid directly to the customer, indirect loans are paid through a third
party. In Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing, these third parties (dealerships,
agents, and so on) are managed using the Producer Setup window.
Applications are sent to financial institutions indirectly through producers (or “dealers”)
on behalf of the customer. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing associates a credit
application with the producer who sent it on the Application Entry, Underwriting, and
Funding windows.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11-1
When the credit application is approved and funded, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing associates the account with the producer.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing allows for a variety of producers, such as dealers and agents. Producers can have three different statuses:
•
•
•
Active (producers can fund an application)
Inactive (producers cannot fund an application)
Temporary (producers can review but not fund an application)
The producers are paid for their participation, either:
•
•
•
•
Up front during funding
-orUp front on a monthly basis
-orWhen the interest is earned
-orWhen the payment is received from the customer based on the set up compensation
plans.
The Producer Setup window contains pages that enable you to maintain and administer
producer compensation, compensation payments, charge back plans, and chargeback
parameters.
11-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
To open the Producer Manager form for set up
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Producers bar link.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays the Producer Setup window opened at
the Producer Setup link.
In setting up the Producer Setup window, you will need to complete the Cycles page on
the Producer Setup link, as well as the Producers Management page and Payment Details
sub page on the Producer Details link.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11-3
To open the Producer Manager form as a Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and
Leasing user
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Producers master
tab.
2
Click the Producer bar link.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays the Producer Setup window opened at
the Producer Details link.
In working with the Producer Setup window, you will primarily use the Payment Details,
Tracking Attributes, Contracts, Comments, and Summary sub pages on the Producer
Detail link. The Producers page, completed during set up, can be use to view and maintain
producer details.
11-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Producer Setup link > Cycles link (Producer Management page)
The Producer Management page enables you to define the dealer or producer status cycle.
This tells Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing which statuses a producer can cycle
through. (This information is recorded in the Status field on the Producers section of the
Producer Management page. For more information).
Example
The Producer Management page also defines the user responsibilities capable of changing
the producer status.
Note: Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing only enables producers/dealers with a status of ACTIVE to fund contracts.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11-5
To set up the producer management
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Producer bar link.
3
In the Producer Setup link bar, click the Producer Setup drop-down link, then click
Cycles.
4
In the Cycle Definitions section, select the cycle you want to work with.
5
In this field:
Do this:
Cycle
Type
View the cycle name.
View the cycle type.
In the Cycle Code Definition section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of cycle records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
In the Cycle Code Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the current code to transition FROM (required).
Select the code to transition TO (required).
Current Code
Next Code
7
In the Cycle Code Responsibility Definitions section, select the record you want to work
with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of cycle code responsibility
definition records.
11-6
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
8
In the Cycle Code Responsibility Definition section, enter, view, or edit the following
information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Select the responsibility that will be capable of executing
this transition (required).
Select to allow the responsibility execute the transition
(required).
Responsibility Code
Allowed Indicator
9
Click Save on the Producer Management page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11-7
Producer Detail link > Producers link (Producer Management page)
The Producer Management page allows you to record or edit basic information about the
producer. You can set up dealers or producers for a company and branch. You can also set
up a default underwriter and a default collector for a producer. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses this information in the origination workflow to select a queue.
The producer number, name, contact information, company and branch to which the producer applies, federal tax number, status, and other information can be stored in this page.
To set up or maintain the Producer Management page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Producer bar link.
3
In the Producer Setup link bar, click the Producer Detail drop-down link, then click Producers.
4
On the Producer Management page’s Producer section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of producer detail records.
11-8
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5
In the Producer section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Depending on your system setup, either:
Enter the producer number
-orView the system generated producer number (required).
Enter the old producer number (optional).
Enter the producer name (required).
Producer #
Old Producer #
Name
Company
Branch
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
Select the company (required).
Select the branch (display only).
Select the producer start date (required).
Select the producer end date (required).
Select to enabled this entry.
Details section
Contact
Group*
Type*
Enter the producer contact (required).
Select the producer group (required).
Select the producer type (required).
*Note: The Group and Type fields help in setting up the
pricing schemes on the Pricing page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11-9
Status
Sales Agent
Underwriter
Fed Tax #
Collector
11-10
Select the appropriate status (required).
Note: The contents of this field can be linked to edits in
the loan origination cycle so that only producers with a
status of the ACTIVE can be funded (required),
Select the sales agent associated with this producer
(required).
Select the default underwriter assigned to this producer.
Note: Only users with a responsibility for an UNDERWRITER can be designated as underwriters for producers
(required).
Enter the federal tax identification number.
Note: If the organizational parameter
UIX_HIDE_RESTRICTED_DATA is set to Y, this appears
as a masked number; for example, XXXXX1234
(optional).
Select the default collector or agent assigned to this producer. (This will appear in the Collector field in the
Delinquency Information section of the Account
Details page on the Customer Service window)
(required).
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Address section
Select the country code (required).
Enter the city (optional).
Select the state (required).
Enter address line 1 (optional).
Enter address line 2 (optional).
Select the zip code (optional).
Enter the zip extension (optional).
Country
City
State
Address Line 1
Address Line 2
Zip
Zip Extn
Enter phone number 1 (required).
Enter phone number 1 extension (optional).
Enter phone number 2 (optional).
Enter phone number 2 extension (optional).
Select fax prefix number 1 (required).
Enter fax number 1 (required).
Select fax prefix number 2 (optional).
Enter fax number 2 (optional).
Enter the producer mail address (optional).
Phone 1
Exnt 1
Phone 2
Extn2
Fax Prefix1
Fax1
Fax Prefix2
Fax2
EMail
* Note: Oracle Financial Services Software recommends you double-check the fax numbers (especially the 10 digit number) and email addresses you enter on this page, since
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing uses this information to send its system-generated underwriting decisions.
6
Click Save on the Producer Management page.
Payment Details sub page
You can setup ACH as the payment mode for a dealer or producer on the Payment Details
sub page. The Payment Details sub page stores the information regarding the producer’s
bank, such as the bank’s name, routing number, account type and account number.
Note: Once you complete this sub page, the information goes into effect immediately.
To complete the Payment Details sub page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Producer bar link.
3
In the Producer Setup link bar, click the Producer Detail drop-down link, then click Producers.
4
On the Producer Management page’s Producer section, select the record you want to
work with.
5
Click the Payment Details sub tab.
6
In the Payment Details sub page’s Product Payment Details section, view or edit the
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11-11
following information:
•
If you are editing an existing record, click Edit.
In this field:
Do this:
Producer Payment Details section
Pmt Mode
Select the payment mode (required).
Bank
Enter the ACH bank name (optional).
Start Dt
Select the ACH start date if payment mode is ACH .
Routing #
Enter the ACH bank routing number (optional).
Account Type
Select the ACH bank account type (required).
Account #
Enter the ACH bank account number.
Disbursement Currency
Select the disbursement currency.
7
Click Save on the Producer Management page.
Tracking Attributes sub page
The Tracking Attributes sub page allows you to link information to a producer who is not
tracked by default in the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing system, but is part of
your company’s business practices.
To complete the Tracking Attributes sub page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Producer bar link.
3
In the Producer Setup link bar, click the Producer Detail drop-down link, then click Producers.
4
On the Producer Management page’s Producer section, select the record you want to
work with.
5
Click the Tracking Attributes sub tab.
6
On the Tracking Attributes sub page’s Tracking section, click Load Tracking.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing loads the tracking parameters.
7
11-12
In the Tracking section, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
8
Complete the Tracking section by entering the parameter(s) in the Value field(s).
9
Click Save on the Producer Management page.
Contacts sub page
The Contacts sub page allows you to record information regarding contacts associated
with a producer, such as employees at a dealership.
To complete the Contacts sub page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Producer bar link.
3
In the Producer Setup link bar, click the Producer Detail drop-down link, then click Producers.
4
On the Producer Management page’s Producer section, select the record you want to
work with.
5
Click the Contacts sub tab.
6
On the Contacts sub page’s Producer Contacts section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of producer contact records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
On the Producer Contacts sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the producer contact type (required).
Select/Enter the producer contact name (required).
Enter producer contact phone number (optional).
Enter phone number extension (optional).
Enter producer contact fax number (optional).
Select to indicate this is a current contact.
Contact Type
Name
Phone
Extn
Fax
Enabled
8
Click Save on the Producer Management page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11-13
Comments sub page
The Comments sub page allows you to view and enter comments regarding the producer.
To enter a comment on the Comments sub page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Producer bar link.
3
In the Producer Setup link bar, click the Producer Detail drop-down link, then click Producers.
4
On the Producer Management page’s Producer section, select the record you want to
work with.
5
Click the Comments sub tab.
6
On the Comments sub page’s Comments section, select the record you want to work
with.
Note: If you choose, use Search to limit the display of producer comment records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
7
In the Comments section, enter or view the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter comment (required).
View user id (required).
View comment date (required).
Comment
Comment By
Comment Dt
8
11-14
Click Save on the Producer Management page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Summary sub page
The display only Summary sub page allows you to view summary information regarding
the producer.
To enter a comment on the Summary sub page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Producer bar link.
3
In the Producer Setup link bar, click the Producer Detail drop-down link, then click Producers.
4
On the Producer Management page’s Producer section, select the record you want to
work with.
5
Click the Summary sub tab.
6
On the Summary sub page’s Summary section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search to limit the display of producer comment records.
7
In the Summary section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Total
YearMonth
Approved
Conditioned
Rejected
Withdrawn
Funded
Amount
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The application total status count.
The year and month.
The application approved status count.
The application conditioned status count.
The application rejected status count.
The application rejected status count.
The application withdrawn status count.
The application funded status total amount.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
11-15
11-16
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 12: VENDORS SETUP
During the life of an account, a financial institution might require the use of specialized
services of a vendor for various purposes; for example, repossessing a vehicle, retaining
an attorney for bankruptcy court proceedings, or making field calls. With Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing’s Vendors window, you can:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Maintain vendor information
Maintain services offered by the vendor
Assign tasks to the vendors and subsequently track and process those tasks
Charge vendor expenses to customers
Enter and update invoices raised by the vendors
Post vendor transactions
Process vendor payments.
Once an invoice has been presented for a service performed by a vendor, you can enter the
information on the Vendor Management form and create a monetary transaction. You can
then choose if the customer should pay any particular expense or not.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-1
Setup link > Vendor Services link
The Vendor Service link enables you to establish the links between the service type, vendor group, and the work order type. It records which vendor groups can provide which
types of services and which service types belong to which work order types.
For each service type (Service Type field), there can be multiple vendor groups. Each vendor (Group field) can belong to one or multiple vendor group(s). The list of values for the
vendor group is managed in the lookup. Each work order type (Work Order Type field)
can be linked to one or multiple work order type(s).
To set up the vendor services
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Vendor bar link.
3
In the Vendors Setup link bar, click the Setup drop-down link, then click Vendor Services.
4
In the Vendor Management page’s Services section, select the service type you want to
link to a vendor group(s) and work order type(s).
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of service records.
5
12-2
In the Services section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Service Type
Enabled
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The service type (display only).
If selected, the service is enabled.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
6
In the Vendor Groups section, select the vendor group that will provide this service.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of vendor group records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
7
In the Vendor Groups section, enter or view the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter the vendor group (required).
Group
8
In the Work Order Types section, select the work order type you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of vendor group records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
9
In the Work Order Types section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the work order type (required).
Select the associated transaction for the service type
(required).
Work Order Type
Transaction
10 Click Save on the Vendor Management page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-3
Setup link > Cycle link
The Cycle link allows you to define the various vendor cycles and the responsibilities that
can gain access to the various transactions in each cycle.
You can define vendor status cycle and restrict the status change based on responsibility.
Example
You can define vendor invoice status cycle and restrict the status change based on responsibility.
12-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Example
You can define vendor assignment status cycle and restrict the status change based on
responsibility.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-5
Example
You can define vendor invoice payment status cycle and restrict the status change based on
responsibility.
12-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Example
To set up the vendor cycles
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Vendor bar link.
3
In the Vendors Setup link bar, click the Setup drop-down link, then click Cycles.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-7
4
In the Vendor Management page’s Status Cycle section, select the cycle type you want
to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of cycle type records.
5
In the Status Cycle section section view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
VEN_VENDOR_ASG_STATUS
VEN_INVOICE_PMT_STATUS
VEN_INVOICE_STATUS
VEN_VENDOR_STATUS
VENDOR ASSIGNMENT STATUS CYCLE
VENDOR INVOICE PAYMENTS STATUS CYCLE
VENDOR INVOICE STATUS CYCLE
VENDOR STATUS CYCLE
6
In the Current/Next Status section, select the current code to transition from in the Current Status field.
7
Select the current code to transition to in the Next Status field.
8
In the Status Change Responsibilities section, select the responsibility that will be capable of executing this transition (from current code to the next code).
9
Choose Yes to allow this responsibility.
10 Click Save on the Vendor Management page.
12-8
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Vendor Detail link > Vendors link
The Vendors link allows you to set up vendor information. If the vendor receives escrow
disbursement at an address different from the current business address, enter this information in the Pay Details sub page.This Pay Details sub page. also allows you to enter the
number of days prior to the due date by which the payment to the vendor must be processed.
Note: The contents of this section defaults to the vendor’s current address, but can be
modified.
To enter or edit vendor information
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Vendor bar link.
3
In the Vendors Setup link bar, click the Vendor Details drop-down link, then click Vendors.
4
In the Vendor Management page’s Vendor section, select the record you want to work
with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-9
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of cycle code responsibility
definition records.
•
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Vendor section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Vendor #
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
View the vendor number. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing automatically generates the vendor number
(display only).
Enter the vendor name (required).
Select the vendor status (required).
Select the vendor portfolio company (required).
View the vendor portfolio branch (display only).
Enter the vendor start date (required).
Enter the vendor end date (required).
Select if the vendor is enabled (optional).
Enter the vendor contact name (required).
If available, enter the vendor federal tax identification
number. Note: If the organizational parameter
UIX_HIDE_RESTRICTED_DATA is set to Y, this appears
as a masked number; for example, XXXXX1234.
(optional).
Enter the credit days for the vendor invoice. This number
is used to check that the Invoice Due Date is not more
than the credit days from the Invoice Date. (required).
Enter phone number 1 (optional).
Name
Status
Company
Branch
Start Dt
End Dt
Enabled
Contact Person
Fed Tax #
Credit Days
Phone
12-10
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Extn
Phone 2
Extn 2
Fax
Fax 2
Country
Enter the phone extension (optional).
Enter phone number 2 (optional).
Enter the phone number 2 extension (optional).
Enter the fax number (optional).
Enter the fax number 2 (optional).
Select the country code (optional).
Enter the city (required).
Select the state (required).
Enter address line 1 (required).
Enter address line 2 (optional).
Enter the zip (required).
Enter the zip extension (optional).
Enter the email address (optional).
City
St
Address
Address 2
Zip
Zip Extn
Email Address
6
Click Save on the Vendor Management page.
Vendor Detail link > Vendors link (Vendors Groups sub page)
The Vendors Groups sub page allows you to set up vendor groups.
To enter or edit vendor group information
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Vendor bar link.
3
In the Vendors Setup link bar, click the Vendor Details drop-down link, then click Vendors.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-11
4
In the Vendor Management page’s Vendor section, select the record you want to work
with.
5
On the Vendor Groups sub page, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of cycle code responsibility
definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, lick Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
On the Vendor Groups sub page, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter sort sequence (required).
Select the vendor type to which the vendor belongs based
on the services provided by the vendor (required).
Select to enable the vendor service.
Sort
Group
Enabled
7
Click Save on the Vendor Management page.
Vendor Detail link > Vendors link (Payment Details sub page)
The Payment Details sub page allows you to set up automatic clearing house information
for vendors.
To enter or edit vendor payment details information
12-12
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Vendor bar link.
3
In the Vendors link bar, click the Vendor Detail drop-down link, then click Vendors.
4
In the Vendor Management page’s Vendor section, select the record you want to work
with.
5
Click the Payment Details sub page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
6
On the Payment Details sub page, select the record you want to work with.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
On the Payment Details sub page, view or edit the following information:
In this field:
Remittance section
Country
City
St
Address
Address 2
Zip
Zip Extn
Pre-Process Days
Payment Details section
Pmt Mode
Bank
Start Dt
Routing #
Account Type
Account #
8
Do this:
Select the country code (optional).
Enter city (required).
Select state (required).
Enter address line 1 (required).
Enter address line 2 (optional).
Enter zip (required).
Enter zip extension (optional).
Enter the remittance preprocess days. This is the number
of days prior to the due date by which the payment to the
vendor must be processed (required).
Select the mode of payment (required).
Enter the ACH bank (optional).
View ACH start date (display only).
Enter the bank routing number (optional).
Select the account type (optional).
Enter the account number. Note: If the organizational
parameter UIX_HIDE_RESTRICTED_DATA is set to Y,
this appears as a masked number; for example,
XXXXX1234 (optional).
Click Save on the Vendor Management page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-13
Vendor Detail link > Work Orders link
The Work Orders link allows you to assign an account to a vendor for a service that the
vendor provides.
To set up the work orders
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Vendor bar link.
3
In the Vendors Setup link bar, click the Vendor Detail drop-down link, then click Work
Order.
4
In the Vendor Management page’s Work Order section, select the record you want to
work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of work order responsibility
definition records.
•
•
12-14
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5
In the Work Order section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Work Order #
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
View work order number (display only).
Select the account number for the work order (required).
Select the vendor who will service the work order
(required).
View the vendor company (display only).
View the vendor branch (display only).
Select the service status (required).
Select the work order type (required).
Account
Vendor
Company
Branch
Status
Type
Work Order Details section
Dt
Status Dt
Currency
Estimated
Billed
Paid
Account Information section
Collateral
Reference #
Assigned By
Followup Dt
Vendor Information section
Contact
Phone
Extn
Fax
Comment
6
View the work order date (display only).
View the last work order status change date (display
only).
View the currency for the work order (display only).
View the estimated amount for the work order (display
only).
View the amount billed by the vendor for the work order
(display only).
View the amount paid to the vendor for the work order
(display only).
Select the asset associated with the work order (optional).
Enter the vendor reference (optional).
View the user who created the work order (display only).
Enter the next follow-up date (optional).
Enter the vendor contact for the work order (optional).
Enter the vendor contact phone for the work order
(optional).
Enter the vendor contact phone extension for the work
order (optional).
Enter the vendor contact fax for the work order
(optional).
Enter any comments regarding the work order (optional).
In the Services section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of work order responsibility
definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-15
7
In the Services section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the service type (required).
Select the vendor fee type (optional).
Select the currency (optional).
Service
Fee Type
Currency
Estimated
Billed
Paid
Status
Status Dt
8
12-16
Enter the estimated amount for the service (required).
View the amount billed by the vendor for the service (display only).
View the amount paid to the vendor for the service (display only).
View the status (optional).
View the last service status change date (display only).
Click Save on the Vendor Management page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Vendor Detail link > Follow-up link
The Work Orders link lists the work orders that are not complete and hence require followup.
To set up the work order follow-ups
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Vendor bar link.
3
In the Vendors Setup link bar, click the Vendor Detail drop-down link, then click Followup.
4
In the Vendor Management page’s Work Order Follow-up section, select the record you
want to work with and click Show in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of work order follow-up definition records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-17
5
In the Work Order Follow-up section, enter the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Company
Branch
Followup Dt
Work Order #
Dt
Assignment Type
Account
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
View the vendor company (display only).
View the vendor branch (display only).
Enter the next follow-up date (optional).
View the work order number (display only).
View the work order date (display only).
View the work order type (display only).
View the account associated with the work order (display
only).
View the vendor associated with the work order (display
only).
Select the work order status (required).
View the last work order status change date (display
only).
Vendor
Status
Status Dt
Work Order section
Currency
Estimated
Billed
Paid
Vendor Information section
Contact
Phone
Comment
6
View the currency for the work order (display only).
View the estimated amount for the work order (display
only).
View the amount billed by the vendor for the work order
(display only).
View the amount paid to the vendor for the work order
(display only).
View the vendor contact name (display only).
View the vendor contact phone number (display only).
Enter a comment (optional).
In the Assigned Service section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of assigned services records.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Assigned Service section, view or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Services
Currency
Estimated
Billed
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
View the service provided by the vendor (display only).
View the currency for the vendor (display only).
View the estimated amount for the service (display only).
View the amount billed by the vendor for the service (display only).
View the amount paid to the vendor for the service (display only).
Select the service status (required).
View the last service status change date (display only).
Paid
Status
Status Dt
8
12-18
Click Save on the Vendor Management page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Vendor Detail link > Invoices link
The Invoices page records invoices received from the vendor and processes them for payment.
To complete the Invoice page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Vendor bar link.
3
In the Vendors Setup link bar, click the Vendor Detail drop-down link, then click
Invoices.
4
In the Vendor Management page’s Invoices section, select the record you want to work
with and click Show in the Details column.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-19
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of invoice records.
•
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Invoice section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Status
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the vendor name who has send the invoice
(required).
View the vendor portfolio company (display only).
View the vendor portfolio branch (display only).
Enter the invoice number (required).
Enter the invoice date (required).
Select the due date (required).
Select the invoice status (required).
Details section
Status Dt
Address
Currency
Invoice Amt
Agreed Amt
Paid Amt
View the last invoice status change date (display only).
View the vendor address (display only).
View the currency (display only).
View the total invoice amount (display only).
View the total agreed amount (display only).
View the total paid amount (display only).
Vendor
Company
Branch
Invoice #
Invoice Dt
Due Date
6
In the Invoice Details section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of invoice detail records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
7
In the Invoice Details section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the work order (required).
View the currency (display only).
Enter the invoice amount (required).
Enter the agreed amount (required).
View the paid amount (display only).
Enter transaction effective date (required).
Select the status (required).
View the last status change date (display only).
Select if the agreed amount can be collected from the
customer.
Work Order
Currency
Invoice Amt
Agreed Amt
Paid Amt
Txn Post Dt
Status
Status Dt
Collectible
8
In the Payment Schedules section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of payment schedule records.
12-20
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
9
In the In the Payment Schedules section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
Currency
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
View the currency (display only).
Enter the payment amount (required).
Select the payment status (required).
Enter the payment date (optional).
Enter the payment reference (optional).
View the payable requisition Id (display only).
View the currency (display only).
Payment Amt
Status
Payment Dt
Payment Reference
Payable Id
Disbursement Currency
10 In the Related Work Order and Invoice Details section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of related work order and
invoice details records.
11 In the Related Work Order and Invoice Details section, view the following display only
information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Invoice #
Invoice Status
Status Dt
Currency
WO Estimated Amt
WO Agreed Amt
WO Paid Amt
WO Status
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The invoice number.
The invoice status.
The invoice status date.
The currency.
The work order estimated amount.
The work order agreed amount.
The work order paid amount.
The work order status.
12 Click Save on the Vendor Management page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12-21
12-22
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 13: QUEUE SETUP
When processing an application, various Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing users
might work on the application to complete different tasks. A data entry person might complete the Application Entry window before an underwriter works on the application using
the Applications window. Later, another Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing user
might use the Applications window to fund the application.
The application processing workflow facilitates the movement of the application from one
person to another with queues. Queues create a work section of applications waiting for a
particular and common task to be performed, such as application entry or verification.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing’s powerful queuing module automates this otherwise manual process.
The Setup Modules window’s pages that allow you to setup manage workflow and work
assignments on a daily basis to ensure that all applications are in the queues of the appropriate users at all times.
Any time an application’s status is changed, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
checks whether the application is in the right queue.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing will sort queues based on an application’s status
and sub status.
Origination Queues
The Origination page on the Queue Setup form allows you to set up queues that direct
applications to Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing users during the loan origination
cycle. Origination queues are based on an application’s status and sub status. Whenever an
application changes its status/sub status, the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
moves the application to a queue based on the information on this page.
You can define the loan origination queues and the corresponding selection criteria based
on:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Application status
Application sub status
Product type
Funding type
Product
Underwriter
State
Channel
Producer type
Producer
With loan origination queues set up, the applications in your work queue automatically
appear on the Results page when you open the Underwriting or Funding window. The
queue to which you are assigned appears in the Queue Name field. You would then begin
processing the applications in the order of which they are listed, double-clicking the application at the top of the list to load it.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
13-1
Origination link (Queues page)
The Setup Module window’s Queues page allows you to determine how applications are
directed to users who process applications. Whenever applications change status or sub
status, the application is placed in a queue based on the information on this page.
To set up the Setup Module window’s Queues
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Queues bar link.
3
In the Queue Setup link bar, click Origination.
4
On the Queues page’s Origination section, select the queue you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of queue records.
•
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
5
In the Origination section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Enter queue name (required).
Enter queue description. Note: Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing uses this entry when referring to the
queue on other forms (see the example on the previous
page) (required).
Select an override responsibility code, if an override
queue. Note: Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
uses the data in the Override Responsibility field to deter-
Queue Name
Queue Description
Override Responsibility
13-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Priority
Company
Branch
Enabled
6
mine which queue to assign an application, if an application triggers an “override” edit. (required).
Enter the priority number. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing sorts applications by the higher number, so
an application with a priority of 5 will be sorted as a
higher priority than one with a 3 (required).
Select the company (required).
Select the branch (required).
Select to enable the queue (required).
Click the Selection Criteria sub tab.
The Selection Criteria sub page allows you to further filter the applications in a particular
queue. This sub page is generally used by organizations processing over 2,000 applications a day.
7
In the Selection Criteria sub page’s Application Status section, select the status you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of status records.
•
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Application Status section, use the Status and Sub Status fields to define the
credit application status/sub status combinations that should be considered for the queue.
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select application status (required)
Select application sub status (required)
Status
Sub Status
9
In the Selection Criteria section, select the record you want to work with and click Show
in the Details column.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
13-3
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
Note: All is the default value for each field.
10 In the Selection Criteria section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the product type as loan (required).
Select funding type (required).
Select product (required).
Select underwriter (required).
Select state (required).
Select channel (required).
Select producer type (required).
Select producer (required).
Product Type
Funding Type
Product
Underwriter
State
Channel
Producer Type
Producer
11 Click Save on the Queues page.
12 Click the Responsibilities and Users sub tab.
13 In the Responsibilities section, use the Responsibility field to define the users by
responsibly that are authorized to work on the queue.
14 Select Enabled to enable the responsibility.
15 In the Users section, use the User field to define the users who are authorized to work on
the queue.
In this field:
Do this:
User
Select user (required).
View the user name (display only).
Name
13-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Enabled
Select to enable.
16 Click Save on the Queues page.
17 Click the Node Assignments sub tab to enable the administrator to configure the User
interface nodes that should be made available for the applications that are being processed
in that particular origination queue.
18 In the Node Assignments sub page’s Node Assignments section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
•
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
19 In the Node Assignments section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
Select the node (required).
Select to enable the record.
Node
Enabled
20 Click Populate on the Node Assignments sub page to display the respective UI nodes in
the origination module.
21 Click Save on the Queues page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
13-5
13-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 14: EVENTS SETUP
The Events Setup window gives you the ability to set up “trigger events” with associated
actions which Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing performs during loan origination. The fields on this form are both system and user defined.
During loan origination, when an application moves from one status/sub status to another,
or changes condition, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing can trigger an event and
perform the associated event actions. This can occur either online or in batch mode. There
are three pages on the Events Setup window to set up and maintain these events:
•
•
•
Setup page
Online page
Batch page
Note: Only predefined events and actions can be set up on the Events Setup window. You
cannot create new event types or actions types.
As processing events and associated actions require additional processing at the server
level, the performance of the transactions, for which the events are set up, may be
adversely affected dependent upon your specific configuration.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
14-1
Setup link (Setup page)
The Setup page contains two predefined sections of information, the Event Types section
and the Event Action Types sections. This page and its two sections provide a master table
for setting up the online and batch events. This setup triggers the event, which in turn triggers the event’s associated actions during application entry.
To set up the setup
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Events bar link.
3
In the Events Setup link bar, click the drop-down link for product associated with the
event (Loan).
4
Click the Setup link.
5
In the Setup page’s Events Type section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of event type records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
6
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
In the Events Type section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the event type code (required).
Enter the event description (required).
Enter the process type (BATCH or ONLINE) (required).
Enter the entity type (required).
Event Type Code
Description
Process Type
Entity Type
14-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7
Engine Type
Enter the engine type (MONETRARY TRANSACTIONS
PROCESSING, NON-MONETRAY TRANSACTION PROCESSING, CONDITION/ASSIGNMENT PROCESSING,
APPLICATION STATUS CHANGE, CREDIT BUREAU
PROCESSING, or CORRESPONDENCE) (required).
Enabled
System
Select or clear to activate or disable the event type.
If selected, it indicates that the event type is system
define. If cleared, it indicates that the event type is user
defined (display only).
The Event Action Types section is system defined and lists the action codes supported in
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. In the Event Action Types section, select the
record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of event action type records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Events Action Type section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the action code (required).
Enter the action description (required)
Enter the process type (BATCH or ONLINE) (required)
Enter the entity type (required)
Enter the engine type (required).
Select to activate or disable the action.
If selected, it indicates that the action is system define. If
cleared, it indicates that the action is user defined (display only).
Action Code
Description
Process Type
Entity Type
Engine Type
Enabled
System
9
Click Save on the Setup page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
14-3
Online link (Online page)
The Online page allows you to set up the events performed online by Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the following
online event:
•
The change in application status / sub status to APPROVED – REHASHING.
The events that can be performed online after each of the event listed above are as follows:
•
•
Generate correspondence for an application
Send a credit bureau request for an application.
The Online page allows you to set up the online events by defining all online events and
the event criteria actions.
To set up the online
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Events bar link.
3
In the Events Setup link bar, click the drop-down link for product associated with the
event (Loan).
4
Click the Online link.
5
In the Events page’s Events section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of event records.
14-4
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
In the Events section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Enter the event code (required).
Enter the event type (required).
Enter the event frequency (required).
Event Code
Event Type
Frequency
7
Select the Synchronous box to set the event as synchronous (any failure in triggering the
event will fail to trigger the entire transaction).
-orClear the Synchronous box to set the event as asynchronous (any failure in the event will
not affect the transaction, which will be successfully completed).
8
Select or clear the Enabled box to activate or disable the event type.
9
The Event Criteria section allows you to name and describe the query for an event, as
well as enable or disable the query. In the Events Criteria section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of event criteria records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
10 In the Event Criteria section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the query name (required).
Enter the query description (required).
Select to activate or disable the event criteria.
Query Name
Description
Enabled
11 Click Save on the Online page.
Online link > Criteria Details sub page
The Criteria Details sub page allows you to define the selection criteria for the event. The
event engine uses these criteria to determine which applications to include in the event
action.
To set up the criteria details
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Events bar link.
3
In the Events Setup link bar, click the drop-down link for product associated with the
event (Loan).
4
Click the Online link.
5
In the Events page’s Events section, select the record you want to work with.
6
Click the Criteria Details sub tab.
7
In the Criteria Details sub page’s Criteria section, select the record you want to work
with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of criteria records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
14-5
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Criteria section, enter, view, or edit the following information to define the event
selection criteria:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter sequence numbers (required).
Enter left bracket (optional).
Select the parameter (required).
Select comparison operator (required).
Enter criteria value (required).
Enter right bracket (optional).
Enter logical operator (optional).
Seq
(
Parameter
Comparison Operator
Criteria Value
)
Logical Expression
9
14-6
Click Save on the Online page.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Online link > Action sub page
The Actions sub page records the actions Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing
performs after the event is triggered.
To set up the action
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Events bar link.
3
In the Events Setup link bar, click the drop-down link for product associated with the
event (Loan).
4
Click the Online link.
5
In the Events page’s Events section, select the record you want to work with.
6
Click the Action sub tab.
7
In the Action sub page’s Actions section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of action records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Actions section, define the action you want Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to perform for the event by entering the following information. (You can set up more
than one event action for a particular event, then use the Seq field to define the order in
which the events will occur):
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
14-7
Description
Seq
Enabled
9
Enter the event action (required).
Enter sequence numbers (required).
Select or clear to activate or disable the event action.
In the Action Parameters section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of action parameter records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
10 For each event action, use the Action Parameters section to set up the required action
parameters and values.
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the event action (required).
Enter sequence numbers (required).
Description
Value
11 Click Save on the Online page.
14-8
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Batch link (Batch page)
The Batch page allows you to set up the events performed as a batch transaction by Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the
following predefined batch events for application processing. (These batch events are
listed in the Events Types section on the Setup page):
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #01
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #02
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #03
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #04
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #05
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #06
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #07
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #08
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #09
APPLICATION LEVEL BATCH EVENT #10
To set up the batch
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Events bar link.
3
In the Events Setup link bar, click the drop-down link for product associated with the
event (Loan).
4
Click the Batch link.
5
In the Batch page’s Events section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of event records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
6
In the Events section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
14-9
Event Code
Event Type
Frequency
Enter the event code (required).
Enter the event type (required).
Enter the event frequency (required).
7
The Synchronous box is cleared as all batch events are set as asynchronous; any failure
in the event will not affect the transaction, which will be successfully completed.
8
Select or clear the Enabled box to activate or disable the event type.
9
The Events Criteria section allows you to name and describe the query for an event, as
well as enable or disable the query. In the Events Criteria section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of event criteria records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
10 In the Events Criteria section, enter, view, or edit the following information:
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the query name (required).
Enter the query description (required).
Select to activate or disable the event criteria.
Query Name
Description
Enabled
11 Click Save on the Batch page.
Batch link > Criteria Details sub page
The Criteria Details sub page allows you to define the selection criteria for the event. The
event engine uses these criteria to determine which applications to include in the event
action.
To set up the criteria details
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Events bar link.
3
In the Events Setup link bar, click the drop-down link for product associated with the
event (Loan).
4
Click the Batch link.
5
In the Batch page’s Events section, select the record you want to work with.
6
Click the Criteria Details sub tab.
7
In the Criteria Details sub page’s Criteria section, select the record you want to work
with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of criteria records.
14-10
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Criteria section, enter, view, or edit the following information to define the event
selection criteria:
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter sequence numbers (required).
Enter left bracket (optional).
Select the parameter (required).
Select comparison operator (required).
Enter criteria value (required).
Enter right bracket (optional).
Enter logical operator (optional).
Seq
(
Parameter
Comparison Operator
Criteria Value
)
Logical Expression
9
Click Save on the Batch page.
Batch link > Action sub page
The Action sub page allows you to define the actions performed in the batch event. Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the following batch event actions:
•
•
Send letter for an application
Generate correspondence for an application.
To set up Action sub page
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Events bar link.
3
In the Events Setup link bar, click the drop-down link for product associated with the
event (Loan).
4
Click the Batch link.
5
In the Batch page’s Events section, select the record you want to work with.
6
Click the Action sub tab.
7
In the Action sub page’s Actions section, select the record you want to work with.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
14-11
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of action records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
8
In the Actions section, define the action you want Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing to perform for the event by entering the following information. (You can set up more
than one event action for a particular event, then use the Seq field to define the order in
which the events will occur):
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the event action (required).
Enter sequence numbers (required).
Select or clear to activate or disable the event action.
Description
Seq
Enabled
9
In the Action Parameters section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of action parameter records.
•
If you are entering a new record, click Add.
•
If you are changing an existing record, click Edit.
10 For each event action, use the Action Parameters section to set up the required action
parameters and values.
In this field:
Do this:
Select
If selected, indicates this is the current record.
Enter the event action (required).
Enter sequence numbers (required).
Description
Value
11 Click Save on the Batch page.
14-12
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Monitoring events
You can verify the status of events and event actions on the Monitor Jobs page of the Utilities form.
To monitor events
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the Batch Jobs bar link.
3
In the Batch Jobs Setup link bar, click Monitor Jobs.
4
On the Monitor Jobs page, choose Back Ground in the Job Type section.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing displays the status for all asynchronous events
that have been completed or failed for an application.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
14-13
14-14
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
CHAPTER 15: ORACLE FLEXCUBE LENDING AND LEASING
USER PRODUCTIVITY SETUP
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing User Productivity Setup window is a supervisor
feature that allows you to monitor the daily performances of Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing users completing loan origination and loan servicing tasks. These tasks are
categorized as either underwriting/funding tasks (loan origination) or customer service/
collection tasks (loan servicing).
Note: Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing updates this display only form every day.
Using the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing User Productivity Setup window, you
can review the following daily tallies:
•
•
•
•
Number of applications entered, by user
Number of underwriting decisions (approved, rejected, conditioned, or withdrawn),
by user
Number of funding decisions (verified or funded), by user
Number of applications entered, by queue
This chapter explains how to use the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing User Productivity Setup window to view this information.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
15-1
Viewing the Underwriting/Funding tasks
Daily tallies from the loan origination module appear on the pages opened from the following UnderWriting/Funding drop-down link links:
•
•
•
•
Application Entry
Underwriting
Funding
Queues Status
UnderWriting/Funding link > Application Entry link
The UnderWriting/Funding link’s Application Entry link displays the number of applications each Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing user entered that day.
To use the Application Entry link
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the User Productivity bar link.
3
In the User Productivity link bar, click UnderWriting/Funding drop-down link, then click
Application Entry.
4
In the User Productivity page’s Application Entry By User section, select the record you
want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
5
15-2
In the Application Entry by User section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
User
Name
Applications
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The user code.
The user name.
The number of applications entered.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
UnderWriting/Funding link > Underwriting link
The UnderWriting/Funding link’s Underwriting link displays the number of applications
that were approved, rejected, conditioned, or withdrawn by each Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing user that day.
To view the Underwriting link
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the User Productivity bar link.
3
In the User Productivity link bar, click UnderWriting/Funding drop-down link, then click
Underwriting.
4
In the Underwriting page’s Underwriting By User section, select the record you want to
work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
5
In the Underwriting By User section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
User
Name
Approved
Rejected
Conditioned
Withdrawn
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The user code.
The user name.
The number of applications approved.
The number of applications rejected.
The number of applications conditioned.
The number of applications withdrawn.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
15-3
UnderWriting/Funding link > Funding link
The UnderWriting/Funding link’s Funding link displays the number of applications that
each Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing user either verified of funded that day.
To view the Funding link
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the User Productivity bar link.
3
In the User Productivity link bar, click UnderWriting/Funding drop-down link, then click
Funding.
4
In the Funding page’s Funding By User section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
5
15-4
In the Funding By User section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
User
Name
Verified
Funded
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The user code.
The user name.
The number of applications verified.
The number of applications funded.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
UnderWriting/Funding link > Queues Status link
The UnderWriting/Funding link’s Queues Status link displays the number of applications
worked by queue that day, as well as the users who worked the queue.
To view the Queues Status link
1
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
2
Click the User Productivity bar link.
3
In the User Productivity link bar, click UnderWriting/Funding drop-down link, then click
Queues Status.
4
In the Queue Status page’s Queues section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
5
6
In the Queues section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
Company
Branch
Queue Name
Applications
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The company.
The branch.
The queue name.
The number of applications in the queue.
In the Users section, select the record you want to work with.
Note: If you choose, use Search Criteria to limit the display of records.
7
In the Users section, view the following information:
In this field:
View this:
Select
User
Name
If selected, indicates that this is the current record.
The user code.
The user name.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
15-5
15-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
APPENDIX A: SUMMARY OF ORACLE FLEXCUBE LENDING
AND LEASING CREDIT SCORING PARAMETERS
Glossary
Term
Description
DEROG / DEROGATORY
Account has had chargeoffs, collections, bankruptcy, or repossession.
MINOR DELINQUENCY
Less than or equal to 60 days delinquent.
MAJOR DELINQUENCY
Greater than 60 days delinquent.
DEBT RATIO
Debt / Available credit.
DEBT TO INCOME RATIO
Debt / Income.
“APPLICANT STATED”
Parameter is pulling information stated or in any
other way provided by the applicant on the application on the Application Entry form in Oracle
FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
“APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU”
Parameter is pulling information from the credit
bureau, as opposed to another source, such as the
Application Entry form.
LOAN FINANCE
Refers to companies that provide the loan but are
not selling the actual object financed, if any.
Example: An independent auto finance company.
SALES FINANCE
Refers to companies that provide the object
being financed in addition to the financing.
Example: Marshall Fields card.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-1
Credit Scoring Parameters by Category
1. Applicant Details / Debt Ratios
1.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU AUTO DEBT RATIO
This is the sum of all automobile type loan balances and the sum of all automobile type
credit limits. For installment loans, the credit limit is normally equal to the original loan
amount. This applies to open tradelines only.
1.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU BANK DEBT RATIO
This is the sum of all bank type loan balances and the sum of all bank type credit limits.
For installment loans, the credit limit is normally equal to the original loan amount. This
applies to open tradelines only.
1.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CARD DEBT RATIO
This is the sum of all travel card type loan balances and the sum of all travel card type
credit limits. This applies to open tradelines only.
1.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU DEBT RATIO
This parameter provides a value for all debt divided by all available credit as shown on the
bureau.
1.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU FICO SCORE
This is the FICO score provided for the applicant in the bureau pull. There are usually several different types of FICO scores available at the bureau. The different score models are
set up to give certain attributes different weighting based on if the person is buying a car,
or a house, and so on. The type of FICO score pulled is based on credit bureau setup.
1.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU INST DEBT RATIO
This is the sum of all installment loan balances and the sum of all installment loan credit
limits. For installment loans, the credit limit is normally equal to the original loan amount.
This applies to open tradelines only.
1.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU LOAN FIN DEBT RATIO
This is the sum of all loan finance type loan balances and the sum of all loan finance type
credit limits. For installment loans, the credit limit is normally equal to the original loan
amount. This applies to open tradelines only.
1.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU MORTGAGE DEBT RATIO
This is the sum of all mortgage type loan balances and the sum of all mortgage type credit
limits. For installment loans, the credit limit is normally equal to the original loan amount.
This applies to open tradelines only.
1.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN PUBLIC RECORDS
This parameter indicates if there are any open public records in the credit bureau associated with the applicant. This is a numeric counter covering the full period of time available
in the bureau.
1.10.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PUBLIC RECORDS
This parameter indicates if there are any public records, open or closed, in the credit
bureau associated with the applicant. This is a numeric counter covering the full period of
time available in the bureau.
A-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
1.11.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU RETAIL DEBT RATIO
This is the sum of all retail type loan balances divided by the sum of all retail type credit
limits. For installment loans, the credit limit is normally equal to the original loan amount.
This applies to open tradelines only. This is expressed as a percent: 50% shows as 50.
1.12.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU REV DEBT RATIO
This is the sum of all revolving type loan balances and the sum of all revolving type credit
limits. This applies to open tradelines only. This is expressed as a percent: 50% shows as
50.
1.13.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SALES FIN DEBT RATIO
This is the sum of all sales finance type loan balances and the sum of all sales finance type
credit limits. For installment loans, the credit limit is normally equal to the original loan
amount. This applies to open tradelines only. This is expressed as a percent: 50% shows as
50.
1.14.
APPLICANT DEBT RATIO STATED AFTER REQUESTED LOAN
This is the debt divided by available credit based on the values stated by the applicant after
factoring in the requested loan amount- this information is not taken from the bureau. This
is expressed as a percent: 50% shows as 50.
1.15.
APPLICANT DEBT RATIO STATED BEFORE REQUESTED LOAN
This is the debt divided by available credit based on the values stated by the applicant
before factoring in the requested loan amount- this information is not taken from the
bureau. This is expressed as a percent: 50% shows as 50.
1.16.
APPLICANT DEBT TO INCOME RATIO STATED AFTER REQUESTED LOAN
This is the debt divided by income based on the values stated by the applicant after factoring in the requested loan amount- this information is not taken from the bureau. This is
expressed as a percent: 50% shows as 50.
1.17.
APPLICANT DEBT TO INCOME RATIO STATED BEFORE REQUESTED LOAN
This is the debt divided by income based on the values stated by the applicant before factoring in the requested loan amount- this information is not taken from the bureau. This is
expressed as a percent: 50% shows as 50.
1.18.
APPLICANT PAYMENT TO INCOME RATIO STATED
This is the total amount of all monthly payments divided by monthly income. These values are stated by the applicant and not taken from the bureau. This is expressed as a percent: 50% shows as 50.
1.19.
APPLICANT PRIOR CUSTOMER
This parameter indicates whether the applicant is a prior customer. It is populated when
the application is passed to Underwriting for a decision. If the SSN given by the applicant
already exists then the applicant is marked as a prior customer and the parameter value is
Y (Yes).
1.20.
APPLICANT REVOLVING DEBT RATIO STATED
This is the sum of all revolving type loan balances / sum of all revolving type credit limits.
This applies to open tradelines only. This is expressed as a percent: 50% shows as 50.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-3
5.1.21.
APPLICANT STATED EMPLOYMENT PERIOD (IN MONTHS)
This parameter looks at the number of months of stated employment for the most recently
entered current employment.
Example: The applicant states that she has been working at her current place of employment for 3 years and 5 months. This parameter would be populated with (3years * 12
months/year) + 5 months which calculates to 41 stated months. If the applicant enters
another current employment and enters 1 year and 2 months then this parameter will be
populated with 14 months, even though the other employment is still current.
1.22.
APPLICANT STATED MONTHLY INCOME
This is the monthly income stated by the applicant on the application. It combines the
income for all employment marked as “current” in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. If the income is stated as anything other than monthly, the income will be converted to
monthly for this parameter.
Example: The applicant states that he is paid $50,000 with a frequency of ANNUALLY.
This parameter is populated with $50,000/12, which calculates to $4166.67 stated monthly
income.
1.23.
APPLICANT STATED MONTHLY LIABILITY
This is the stated monthly liability as provided by the applicant on the Application Entry
screen.
1.24.
APPLICANT STATED RESIDENCE PERIOD (IN MONTHS)
This parameter looks at the stated residence period for the most recent current address.
2. Loan Details
2.1.
APPROXIMATE CASH PRICE
This is the Approximate Cash price taken from the “Approx Price” field on the Application Entry form’s Loan page in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
2.2.
REQUESTED ADVANCE AMOUNT
This is the Requested Advance Amount value taken from the Application Entry form’s
Loan page in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
3. Auto Trades / Inquiries
3.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH AUTO TRADES
This is the number of auto trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
3.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH AUTO TRADES
This is the number of auto trades that have been opened in the last 12 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
3.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH AUTO TRADES
This is the number of auto trades that have been opened in the last 24 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
A-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
3.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU AUTO INQURIES
This is the number of automobile-related credit inquiries the have been made to the
bureau.
3.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU AUTO TRADES
This is the number of auto trades, both open and closed. Note that these trades may be paid
as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
3.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT AUTO TRADES
Total number of auto trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or may not
have been delinquent in the past.
3.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN AUTO TRADES
This is the number of open auto trades on the account. Note that these trades may be paid
as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
3.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY AUTO
Total number of auto trades paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the entire life of the
trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes no distinction.
3.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST AUTO TRADE
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
4. Bank Trades / Inquiries
4.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH BANK TRADES
This is the number of bank trades that have been opened in the last 12 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
4.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH BANK TRADES
This is the number of bank trades that have been opened in the last 24 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
4.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH BANK TRADES
This is the number of bank trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-5
4.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU BANK INQUIRIES
This is the number of bank inquiries against the bureau in the applicant's recorded bureau
history.
4.5.
PPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU BANK TRADES
This is the number of open bank trades on the account. Note that bank trades can be considered a sub type to installment, mortgage, and / or revolving loans.
4.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT BANK TRADES
Total number of bank trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or may not
have been delinquent in the past.
4.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN BANK TRADES
This is the number of bank trades that are open right now. Note that these trades may now
be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so on.
4.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU REV BANK BALANCE
This parameter shows the “current” revolving bank balance. If the revolving credit is
owned by a bank, then it will show up here.
4.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU REV BANK HIGH BALANCE
This parameter shows the highest cumulative balance among all revolving bank credit
over the bureau history.
NOTE: If the applicant had $5,000 on one account 2 years ago and $10,000 on another
account 4 years ago, this parameter would return $15,000. The parameter is of questionable utility in many situations.
4.10.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY BANK
Total number of bank trades paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the entire life of the
trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes no distinction.
4.11.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST BANK TRADE
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
A-6
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
5. Card Trades / Inquiries
5.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH CARD TRADES
This is the number of card trades that have been opened in the last 12 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
5.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH CARD TRADES
This is the number of card trades that have been opened in the last 24 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
5.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH CARD TRADES
This is the number of card trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
5.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CARD INQUIRIES
This is the number of card inquiries that have been made against the bureau for the applicant in the bureau's recorded history.
5.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CARD TRADES
This is the number of card trades, both open and closed, in the bureau history. Note that
these trades may be paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter
makes no distinction.
5.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT CARD TRADES
Total number of card trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or may not
have been delinquent in the past.
5.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN CARD TRADES
This is the number of open card trades on the account. Note that these trades may be paid
as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
5.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY CARD
Total number of card trades paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the entire life of the
trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes no distinction.
5.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST CARD TRADE
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-7
6. Installment Trades / Inquiries
6.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH INST TRADES
This is the number of installment trades that have been opened in the last 12 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
6.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH INST TRADES
This is the number of installment trades that have been opened in the last 24 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
6.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH INST TRADES
This is the number of installment trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
6.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT INST TRADES
Total number of installment trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or
may not have been delinquent in the past.
6.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU INST TRADES
This is the number of installment trades, both open and closed. Note that these trades may
be paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
6.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN INST TRADES
This is the number of open installment trades on the account. Note that these trades may
be paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
6.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY INST TRADES
Total number of installment trades paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the entire life of
the trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes no distinction.
6.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST INST TRADE
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
A-8
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
7. Loan Finance Trades / Inquiries
7.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH LOAN FIN TRADES
This is the number of loan finance trades that have been opened in the last 12 months.
Note that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so on.
7.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH LOAN FIN TRADES
This is the number of loan finance trades that have been opened in the last 24 months.
Note that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so on.
7.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH LOAN FIN TRADES
This is the number of loan finance trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
7.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT LOAN FIN TRADES
Total number of loan finance trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or
may not have been delinquent in the past.
7.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU LOAN FIN TRADES
This is the number of loan finance trades, both open and closed. Note that these trades may
be paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
7.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU LOAN FINANCE INQUIRIES
This is the number of loan finance inquires listed on the credit report. The bureaus have
their own limits as to how long they keep an inquiry on the credit report, but this parameter will show whatever total is shown for that bureau.
7.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN LOAN FINANCE TRADES
This is the number of open loan finance trades on the account. Note that these trades may
be paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
7.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY LOAN FIN
Total number of loan finance trades paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the entire life of
the trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes no distinction.
7.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST LOAN FIN TRADE
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-9
8. Mortgage Trades / Inquiries
8.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH MORTGAGE TRADES
This is the number of mortgage trades that have been opened in the last 12 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
8.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH MORTGAGE TRADES
This is the number of mortgage trades that have been opened in the last 24 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
8.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH MORTGAGE TRADES
This is the number of mortgage trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
8.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT MORTGAGE TRADES
Total number of mortgage trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or may
not have been delinquent in the past.
8.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU MORTGAGE TRADES
This is the total number of mortgage trades, both open and closed. Note that these trades
may be paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
8.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN MORTGAGE TRADES
This is the number of open mortgage trades on the account. Note that these trades may be
paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
8.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY MORTGAGE
Total number of mortgage trades paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the entire life of the
trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes no distinction.
8.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST MORTGAGE TRADE
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
A-10
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
9. Retail Trades / Inquiries
9.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH RETAIL TRADES
This is the number of retail trades that have been opened in the last 12 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
9.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH RETAIL TRADES
This is the number of retail trades that have been opened in the last 24 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
9.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH RETAIL TRADES
This is the number of retail trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
9.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT RETAIL TRADES
Total number of retail trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or may not
have been delinquent in the past.
9.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN RETAIL TRADES
This is the number of open retail trades on the account. Note that these trades may be paid
as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
9.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU RETAIL INQUIRIES
This is the number of retail inquires listed on the credit report. The bureaus have their own
limits as to how long they keep an inquiry on the credit report, but this parameter will
show whatever total is shown for that bureau.
9.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU RETAIL TRADES
This is the number of retail trades, both open and closed. Note that these trades may be
paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
9.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY RETAIL
Total number of retail trades paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the entire life of the
trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes no distinction.
9.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST RETAIL TRADE
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-11
10. Revolving Trades
10.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH REV TRADES
This is the number of revolving trades that have been opened in the last 12 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
10.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH REV TRADES
This is the number of revolving trades that have been opened in the last 24 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
10.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH REV TRADES
This is the number of revolving trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
10.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT REV TRADES
Total number of revolving trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or may
not have been delinquent in the past.
10.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN REV TRADES
This is the number of open revolving trades on the account. Note that these trades may be
paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
10.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU REV BALANCE
This is the total revolving credit balance shown on the applicant's credit bureau. This
applies to all open revolving trades.
10.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU REV HIGH BALANCE
This parameter shows the highest cumulative balance among all revolving credit over the
bureau history.
NOTE: If the applicant had $5,000 on one account 2 years ago and $10,000 on another
account 4 years ago, this parameter would return $15,000. The parameter is of questionable utility in many situations.
10.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU REV RETAIL BALANCE
This is the current revolving retail trade balance shown on the applicant's credit bureau.
This applies to all open retail trades. It shows current, not historical, information.
10.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU REV RETAIL HIGH BALANCE
This parameter shows the highest cumulative balance among all revolving retail credit
over the bureau history.
NOTE: If the applicant had $5,000 on one account 2 years ago and $10,000 on another
account 4 years ago, this parameter would return $15,000. The parameter is of questionable utility in many situations.
10.10.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU REV TRADES
This is the number of revolving trades, both open and closed. Note that these trades may
be paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
A-12
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
10.11.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY REV TRADES
Total number of revolving trades paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the entire life of the
trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes no distinction.
10.12.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST REV TRADE
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
11. Sales Finance Trades / Inquiries
11.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH SALES FIN TRADES
This is the number of sales finance trades that have been opened in the last 12 months.
Note that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so on.
11.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH SALES FIN TRADES
This is the number of sales finance trades that have been opened in the last 24 months.
Note that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so on.
11.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH SALES FIN TRADES
This is the number of sales finance trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note
that these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory,
and so on.
11.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT SALES FIN TRADES
Total number of sales finance trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or
may not have been delinquent in the past.
11.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN SALES FINANCE TRADES
This is the number of open sales finance trades on the account. Note that these trades may
be paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
11.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SALES FIN TRADES
This is the number of sales finance trades, both open and closed. Note that these trades
may be paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
11.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SALES FINANCE INQUIRIES
This is a count of the number of sales finance inquiries that have been made against the
Applicant's bureau information in the bureau history.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-13
11.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY SALES FIN
Total number of sales finance trades paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the entire life of
the trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes no distinction.
11.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST SALES FIN TRADE
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
12. Other Trades
12.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 12MONTH TRADES
This is the number of all trades that have been opened in the last 12 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
12.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 24MONTH TRADES
This is the number of all trades that have been opened in the last 24 months. Note that
these trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so
on.
12.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 6MONTH TRADES
This is the number of all trades that have been opened in the last 6 months. Note that these
trades may now be open or closed, paid as agreed, delinquent, or derogatory, and so on.
12.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU AVG OPEN TRADE AGE
This is the average trade age in months as calculated using all open trades in the bureau.
This is based on taking all of the open tradelines, then dividing by the age.
12.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU AVG TRADE AGE
This is the average trade age in months as calculated using all trades, open and closed, in
the bureau.
12.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CHARGEOFF TRADES
This parameter is a count of the total number of charged off trades for that applicant in the
bureau.
12.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU COLLECTIONS
This is the total number of trades in collections for that applicant in the credit bureau. This
refers to accounts assigned to collections agencies.
A-14
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU CURRENT TRADES
This is the total number of trades that are paid on time right now. These trades may or may
not have been delinquent in the past.
12.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU INQUIRIES
This is the number of inquires listed on the credit report. The bureaus have their own limits as to how long they keep an inquiry on the credit report, but this parameter will show
whatever total is shown for that bureau.
12.10.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU INQUIRIES 12M
This is the total number of inquiries that have been made against the credit bureau for that
applicant in the last 12 months
12.11.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU INQUIRIES 24M
This is the total number of inquiries that have been made against the credit bureau for that
applicant in the last 24 months
12.12.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU INQUIRIES 6M
This is the total number of inquiries that have been made against the credit bureau for that
applicant in the last 6 months
12.13.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU JUDGMENTS
This is a count of the number of judgments against the applicant in the credit bureau.
12.14.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU LIENS
This is the total number of liens shown for the applicant in the credit bureau for that applicant.
12.15.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU NEWEST INQUIRY
This is the number of months since the most recent inquiry in the credit bureau for that
applicant. This of course excludes the pull from the immediate past used to do the scoring
in this particular situation in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing.
12.16.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU NEWEST TRADE
This is the number of months between now and the newest trade in the bureau for that
applicant.
12.17.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OLDEST INQUIRY
This is the number of months between now and the oldest inquiry in the bureau for that
applicant.
12.18.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OLDEST TRADE
This is the number of months between now and the oldest trade in the bureau for that
applicant. Oldest is determined by looking at the oldest date on any tradeline, and then
showing that.
12.19.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN COLLECTION TRADES
This is the number of open trades in collections shown in the bureau for that applicant.
This refers to any accounts assigned to in-house collections departments (as compared to
5.12.7).
12.20.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN COLLECTIONS
This is the number of open collections in the bureau for that applicant.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-15
12.21.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN JUDGMENTS
This is the total number of open (unsatisfied) judgments against the applicant as indicated
in the bureau for that applicant.
12.22.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN LIENS
This is the total number of open liens against the applicant as indicated in the bureau for
that applicant.
12.23.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN TRADES
This is the number of all open auto trades on the account. Note that these trades may be
paid as agreed, delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
12.24.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE 30
This is the number of trades that have been 30 or more days past due at some point in the
recorded history of the bureau. Note that these trades may be delinquent, derogatory, and
so on. The parameter makes no distinction.
12.25.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE 30 12M
This is the number of trades that have been more than 30 days past due in the last 12
months. The past dues could be for the same or different trades. If one trade has been late
3 times, this parameter would show 1 if there are no other trades.
12.26.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE 30 24M
This is the number of times the applicant has been more than 30 days past due in the last
24 months. The past dues could be for the same or different trades. If one trade has been
late 3 times, this parameter would show 1 if there are no other trades.
12.27.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE 60
This is the number of times the applicant has been more than 60 days past due in the
recorded history of the bureau. The past dues could be for the same or different trades. If
one trade has been late 3 times, this parameter would show 1 if there are no other trades.
12.28.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE 60 12M
This is the number of times the applicant has been more than 60 days past due in the last
12 months. The past dues could be for the same or different trades. If one trade has been
late 3 times, this parameter would show 1 if there are no other trades.
12.29.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE 60 24M
This is the number of times the applicant has been more than 60 days past due in the last
24 months. The past dues could be for the same or different trades. If one trade has been
late 3 times, this parameter would show 1 if there are no other trades.
12.30.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE 90
This is the number of trades that are 90 or more days past due in the recorded history of
the bureau. Note that these trades may be delinquent, derogatory, and so on. The parameter makes no distinction that one trade has been late 3 times; this parameter would show 1
if there are no other trades. If one trade has been late 3 times, this parameter would show 1
if there are no other trades.
12.31.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE 90 12M
This is the number of times the applicant has been more than 90 days past due in the last
12 months. The past dues could be for the same or different trades. If one trade has been
late 3 times, this parameter would show 1 if there are no other trades.
A-16
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
12.32.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE 90 24M
This is the number of times the applicant has been more than 90 days past due in the last
24 months. The past dues could be for the same or different trades. If one trade has been
late 3 times, this parameter would show 1 if there are no other trades.
12.33.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU PAST DUE NOW
This is the number of trades on which the applicant is currently past due, according to the
bureau.
12.34.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU REPOSSESSIONS
This is the number of repossessions shown on the bureau for the applicant in the history of
the bureau.
12.35.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SATISFACTORY TRADES
This is the total number of trades of all types, paid as agreed (no delinquencies) for the
entire life of the trade. This could be a few months or several years- the parameter makes
no distinction.
12.36.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU TOO NEW TRADES
This shows the number of trades that have been reported where a lender is reporting a
brand new account, but has not even billed the applicant yet.
12.37.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU TRADE COLLECTIONS
This is the number of trades in collections assigned to collections agencies shown on the
bureau for the applicant in the history of the bureau.
12.38.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU TRADES
This is the number of trades in the history of the credit bureau for that applicant. Note that
different bureaus store information for varying amounts of time.
12.39.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU WORST TRADES
The rating code used for this parameter is the same rating code system displayed for the
tradelines. The different bureaus use different systems so Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing changes them to a common format that is used in the scoring:
1 = current
2 = 30-59 days late
3 = 60-89 days late
4 = 90-119 days late
5 = 120-149 days late
6 = 150- days late
7 = involved in a bankruptcy
8 = repossession, foreclosure
9 = charge-off
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-17
13. Bankruptcy information
13.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 11 BANKRUPTCIES
This parameter provides a count of the number of Chapter 11 Bankruptcies the applicant
has filed in the stored history of the bureau.
13.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 13 BANKRUPTCIES
This parameter provides a count of the number of Chapter 13 Bankruptcies the applicant
has filed in the stored history of the bureau.
13.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU 7 BANKRUPTCIES
This parameter provides a count of the number of Chapter 7 Bankruptcies the applicant
has filed in the stored history of the bureau.
13.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU BANKRUPTCIES
This parameter provides a count of the number of bankruptcies of any type the applicant
has filed in the stored history of the bureau.
13.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU BKRP SCORE
The bureaus offer two basic types of scores, a FICO type, and a bankruptcy type. The term
FICO score is sometimes used as a generic term for a credit score, but it is supposed to
mean that the score is based on an algorithm purchased or licensed from Fair Isaac Corp.
In Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing, if a score is listed as a FICO score, it is
based on a Fair Isaac model. A bankruptcy score is a score that is used to predict the likelihood of a consumer to file bankruptcy. It is provided much like a FICO score.
13.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN 11 BANKRUPTCIES
This parameter provides a count of the number of open Chapter 11 Bankruptcies associated with the applicant in the bureau.
13.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN 13 BANKRUPTCIES
This parameter provides a count of the number of open Chapter 13 Bankruptcies associated with the applicant in the bureau.
13.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN 7 BANKRUPTCIES
This parameter provides a count of the number of open Chapter 7 Bankruptcies associated
with the applicant in the bureau.
13.9.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN BANKRUPTCIES
This parameter provides a count of the number of bankruptcies of any type the applicant X
has open currently.
13.10.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU RECENT 11 BANKRUPTCY
For this parameter, “Recent” refers to the number of months since the subject's most
recent bankruptcy filing. One would use this parameter to determine if the subject has
filed for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in the last X months.
13.11.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU RECENT 13 BANKRUPTCY
For this parameter, “Recent” refers to the number of months since the subject's most
recent bankruptcy filing. One would use this parameter to determine if the subject has
filed for Chapter 13 bankruptcy in the last X months.
A-18
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
13.12.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU RECENT 7 BANKRUPTCY
For this parameter, “Recent” refers to the number of months since the subject's most
recent bankruptcy filing. One would use this parameter to determine if the subject has
filed for Chapter 7 bankruptcy in the last X months.
13.13.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU RECENT BANKRUPTCY
For this parameter, “Recent” refers to the number of months since the subject's most
recent bankruptcy filing. One would use this parameter to determine if the subject has
filed for any kind of bankruptcy in the last X months.
13.14.
APPLICANT HAS A PRIOR BANKRUPTCY
This parameter tracks whether the applicant has indicated a prior bankruptcy based on the
checkbox in the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing Origination module. The prior
bankruptcy is set to Y if the checkbox is checked otherwise it has a value of N.
14. Delinquency Information
14.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU LONGEST SINCE MAJOR
This parameter reflects the longest period (in months) a tradeline has been open since the
last derog.
14.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU LONGEST SINCE MINOR
This parameter reflects the longest period (in months) a tradeline has been open since the
last minor delinquency.
14.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN LONGEST SINCE MAJOR
This parameter considers the greatest amount of time (in months) between now and the
corresponding major delinquency for all of the open parameters with major delinquencies,
and reflects the greatest value returned.
14.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN LONGEST SINCE MINOR
This parameter considers the greatest amount of time (in months) between now and the
corresponding minor delinquency for all of the open parameters with minor delinquencies,
and reflects the greatest value returned.
14.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN SHORTEST SINCE MAJOR
This parameter considers the least amount of time (in months) between now and the corresponding major delinquency for all of the open parameters with major delinquencies, and
reflects the least value returned.
14.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN SHORTEST SINCE MINOR
This parameter considers the least amount of time (in months) between now and the corresponding minor delinquency for all of the open parameters with minor delinquencies, and
reflects the least value returned.
14.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SHORTEST SINCE MAJOR
This parameter considers the least amount of time (in months) between now and the corresponding major delinquency for all of the parameters (open and closed) with major delinquencies, and reflects the least value returned.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
A-19
14.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SHORTEST SINCE MINOR
This parameter considers the least amount of time (in months) between now and the corresponding minor delinquency for all of the parameters (open and closed) with minor delinquencies, and reflects the least value returned.
15. Derogatory Trade Information
15.1.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU DEROG 12M TRADES
Provides the number of trades that were derogatory in the last 12 months. This includes
open and closed trades. These trades may or may not be derogatory now.
15.2.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU DEROG 24M TRADES
Provides the number of trades that were derogatory in the last 24 months. This includes
open and closed trades. These trades may or may not be derogatory now.
15.3.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU DEROG NOW TRADES
Provides the number of trades that are derogatory right now. Does this include closed
trades?
15.4.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU DEROG TRADES
This parameter addresses the number of derogatory trades associated with the applicant.
This includes open and closed trades.
15.5.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU LONGEST SINCE DEROG
This parameter covers the longest period (in months) since last derog.
15.6.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN LONGEST SINCE DEROG
This parameter covers the longest period (in months) a tradeline has been open since the
last derog.
15.7.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU OPEN SHORTEST SINCE DEROG
This parameter considers the least amount of time (in months) between now and the corresponding derog for all of the open parameters with derogs, and reflects the least value
returned.
15.8.
APPLICANT CREDIT BUREAU SHORTEST SINCE DEROG
This parameter considers the least amount of time (in months) between now and the corresponding derog for all of the parameters (open and closed) with derogs, and reflects the
least value returned.
A-20
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
APPENDIX B: ROUNDING AMOUNTS AND RATE ATTRIBUTES
Rounding Amounts
Generally in the lending industry, computed amounts (interest, fees, costs, and so on) are
rounded to the second decimal place. However, there are occasions where the rounding of
the computed amounts has to be carried out using different methods. Oracle FLEXCUBE
Lending and Leasing supports the rounding, raising of, or cutting off calculated amounts.
Rounding will increase the resulting amount to the next number up to the second decimal,
based on the value of third decimal.
Raising will always increase the resulting amount to the next number up to the second
decimal.
Cutting off will always cut the number after the second decimal.
You can choose the rounding method you want to use by setting the parameter value for
the system parameter CMN_AMOUNT_ROUND_METHOD on the Administration form
(Setup menu > Administration command > System command > Parameters tab > System
tab).
You can choose the rounding factor you want to use by setting the parameter value for the
system parameter CMN_AMOUNT_ROUND_FACTOR on the Administration form. Currently, Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports rounding up to two decimals
only.
Examples of how resulting amounts differ by RAISE, ROUND, and CUTOFF:
Example 1: Amount: 234.136
Method
Result
Round
Raise
Cutoff
234.14
234.14
234.13
Example 2: Amount: 234.134
Method
Result
Round
Raise
Cutoff
234.13
234.14
234.13
Example 3: Amount: 234.1319999
Method
Result
Round
Raise
Cutoff
234.13
234.14
234.13
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
B-1
Note: Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing only rounds calculated amounts (calculated fees, calculated payment, and so on) and not user-entered amounts.
Rate Attributes
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing supports the rounding of the index rate to keep
the rate calculation as simple as possible for the customers. The general practice is to
round the rate to nearest eighth (1/8th) (to keep the index rate in the multiple of .125) or
fourth (1/4th) (to keep the index rate in the multiple of .25). Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending
and Leasing rounds only the index rate and not the margin or final rate. You can define the
index rounding method on the Product tab’s Product Definition page for variable rate
loans.
Note: Index rounding does not apply to fixed rate loans.
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing currently supports the following rounding of
methods.
1. NO ROUNDING TO INDEX RATE
2. INDEX RATE ROUNDED TO NEAREST .25
3. INDEX RATE ROUNDED TO NEAREST .125
NO ROUNDING TO INDEX RATE: Select this method for no rounding.
INDEX RATE ROUNDED TO NEAREST .25: Select this method to round up to 1/4th (to
keep the index rate in the multiple of .25).
B-2
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Examples:
Current rate:
Round of rate:
5.125
5.25
Current rate:
Round of rate:
5.124
5.00
INDEX RATE ROUNDED TO NEAREST .125: Select this method to round up to 1/8th (to
keep the index rate in the multiple of .125).
Examples:
Current rate:
Rate rounded to:
5.325
5.375
Current rate:
Rate rounded to:
5.312
5.250
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
B-3
B-4
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
APPENDIX C : INTERFACING ORACLE FLEXCUBE LENDING
AND LEASING WITH BI PUBLISHER
Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing is being interfaced with Oracle Business Intelligence Publisher - using the PublicReportService web service. This facilitates the generation of operational reports on transactions, balances and statuses and other data besides
taking care of the publishing requirements like letters and correspondence. All the templates for various reports, letters and correspondence are stored in BI publisher server with
a reference id's which are used in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. This provides
the operations such as validation of privileges, information about the reports and repository and run and schedules the reports. Further BI publisher comes with an add-on for
Microsoft word that can be used to create the template for the report/letter.
The queries for various reports/ letters are being stored in BI publisher under that particular report/ letter id along with the parameters and the database schema against which the
querying has to be done. The report/ letter id is then mapped to the corresponding report or
letter in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing setup module. Whenever the batch job /
the user triggers the generation of letter/ report, the system calls the PublicReportService
which will run the query on the database and then display the results using the template in
the configured output file format.
Once the data requirements for a report/ letter are identified, the user has to pick up an
SQL query for the specified data items taking care of the constraints.
To configure a letter/report
1
Write the SQL query manually or use the query builder in BI publisher to create the same.
The list of tables using which the query has to be built will be available to choose from
based on the database schema configured to BI publisher.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Appendix C :-1
2
Once the query is built in, click on EXPORT to generate the XML file.
3
Once the XML file is generated and saved, create a template using the Oracle template
builder which is nothing but an add on tool for Microsoft word using which you can load
the xml file and then choose to build the template.
Note: Once the template is built, you can preview to check whether the report or the letter
is generated as desired.
Appendix C :-2Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4
Once the template (RTF) is ready, the same has to be uploaded to the report/ letter in BI
publisher.
Note: You can also specify the format in which the output file needs to be generated.
5
Once the database connection, parameters and the template are configured for the report in
the BI publisher, the reference has to be given in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing Setup module which will mark the completion of configuring the report/ letter as
shown in the following screenshots.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Appendix C :-3
To configuring an ad hoc correspondence
In Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing, an ad hoc correspondence can constitute
multiple documents for which the data elements and the templates to be used are to be
configured as mentioned below:
1
Identify the elements needed for the document.
2
On the Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing home page, click the Setup master tab.
3
Click the Correspondence bar link.
There would be a pre-defined list of elements available to choose from. The values for the
elements chosen will be retrieved by the functions which are nothing but sql programs that
are pre-defined in Oracle FLEXCUBE Lending and Leasing. Every time a new field is
added to an existing table, the corresponding function should be modified for the new columns added. In case new tables are added, it warrants the creation of new functions for the
same.
Appendix C :-4Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
4
Once the elements for the documents are being configured and saved, click on Gen. Data
File so that the data file is generated.
5
Using the data file generated, create the the template and then loaded to BI Publisher
under the correspondence folder in it.
6
Every time, the user triggers the creation of ad hoc correspondence, BI publisher refers to
the servlet and passes the correspondence id as the parameter value. Based on the correspondence id, the servlet generates and passes the xml feed to BI publisher which ports the
data on the template and displays it.
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Appendix C :-5
Appendix C :-6Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Setup Guide - Consumer Loans Origination
January, 2010
Version 1.1
Oracle Corporation
World Headquarters
500 Oracle Parkway
Redwood Shores, CA 94065
U.S.A.
Worldwide Inquiries:
Phone: +1.650.506.7000
Fax: +1.650.506.7200
www.oracle.com/ financial_services/
Copyright © 2009 – 2010 Oracle Financial Services Software Limited. All rights reserved.
No part of this work may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, adopted or
transmitted in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photographic, graphic,
optic recording or otherwise, translated in any language or computer language, without
the prior written permission of Oracle Financial Services Software Limited.
Due care has been taken to make this Setup Guide - Consumer Loans Origination and
accompanying software package as accurate as possible. However, Oracle Financial
Services Software Limited makes no representation or warranties with respect to the contents hereof and shall not be responsible for any loss or damage caused to the user by the
direct or indirect use of this Setup Guide - Consumer Loans Origination and the accompanying Software System. Furthermore, Oracle Financial Services Software Limited
reserves the right to alter, modify or otherwise change in any manner the content hereof,
without obligation of Oracle Financial Services Software Limited to notify any person of such
revision or changes.
All company and product names are trademarks of the respective companies with which
they are associated.
4-32
Oracle Financial Services Software Confidential - Restricted
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement